Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / SoundThinking, Inc.

SoundThinking, Inc.

ssti · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ssti
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 316
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · SoundThinking, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
cc

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO

Commission File Number 001-38107

ShotSpotter, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
7979 Gateway Blvd., Suite 210
Newark, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

47-0949915
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

94560
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 794-3100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, $0.005 par value per share; Common Stock traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market; trading symbol SSTI.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐    NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐    NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that

the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒   NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding

12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

☐
☐

☒

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☒
☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to

Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on a closing price of $44.20 per share of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the

Nasdaq Capital Market on June 28, 2019 was $360,807,561.

 The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 6, 2020 was 11,346,538.

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, scheduled to be held on June 10, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. Such Proxy

Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  Business
  Risk Factors
  Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

  Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosures

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
  Controls and Procedures
  Other Information

  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary
Exhibit Index
Signatures

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

  Page

1

2
19
44
44
44
45

46
48
50
65
66
98
98
98

99
99
99
99
99

100
100
101
104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained
principally  in  the  sections  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Risk  Factors,”  “Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations”  and  “Business,”  but  are  also  contained  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Often,  you  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  the  words
“anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “will,”
or “would,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. Forward-looking statements include statements
about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to continue to increase revenues, secure customer renewals and expand coverage areas of existing public safety customers;

our ability to continue to add new customers for our public safety and security solutions;

our ability to grow both domestically and internationally;

our ability to effectively manage or sustain our growth;

our ability to maintain, increase or strengthen awareness of our solutions;

our ability to achieve and maintain service level agreement standards (SLAs) in our customer contracts;

future revenues, hiring plans, expenses, capital expenditures, capital requirements and stock performance;

our ability to service outstanding debt, if any, and satisfy covenants associated with outstanding debt facilities;

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel and further expand our overall headcount;

our ability to comply with new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and
internationally; and

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis
for  each  forward-looking  statement  contained  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  we  caution  you  that  these  statements  are  based  on  a  combination  of  facts  and  factors
currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of
these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. We undertake no obligation to publicly
update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. You should read this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially
different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Item 1. BUSINESS

Overview

   PART I.

We provide precision-policing and security solutions for law enforcement and security personnel to help deter gun violence and make cities, campuses and facilities
safer.  Our  flagship  public  safety  solution,  ShotSpotter  Flex,  is  the  leading  outdoor  gunshot  detection,  location  and  alerting  system.  Our  patrol  management  software,
ShotSpotter Missions (formerly HunchLab), creates crime forecasts designed to enable more precise and effective use of patrol resources to deter crime. In 2019, we created a
new  technology  innovation  unit,  ShotSpotter  Labs,  to  expand  our  efforts  supporting  innovative  uses  of  our  technology  to  help  protect  wildlife  and  the  environment.  Our
security  solutions,  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus  and  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  are  designed  to  help  law  enforcement  and  security  personnel  serving  universities,  corporate
campuses  and  key  infrastructure  or  transportation  centers  mitigate  risk  and  enhance  security  by  notifying  authorities  of  a  potential  outdoor  gunfire  incident,  saving  critical
minutes for first responders to arrive. Our gunshot detection solutions are trusted by law enforcement agencies in over 100 cities as of December 31, 2019.

Our gunshot detection solutions consist of highly-specialized, cloud-based software integrated with proprietary, internet-enabled sensors designed to detect outdoor
gunfire. The speed and accuracy of our gunfire alerts enable law enforcement and security personnel to reduce their response times to shooting events, which can increase the
chances  of  apprehending  the  shooter,  providing  timely  aid  to  victims,  and  identifying  witnesses  before  they  scatter,  as  well  as  aid  in  evidentiary  collection  and  serve  as  an
overall deterrent. When a potential gunfire incident is detected by our sensors, our system applies machine classification combined with human review to analyze and validate
the incident and precisely locate where the incident occurred. An alert containing a location on a map and critical information about the incident is sent directly to subscribing
law enforcement or security personnel through any internet-connected computer and to iPhone or Android mobile devices.

Our software sends validated gunfire data along with the audio of the triggering sound to our Incident Review Center (“IRC”), where our trained acoustic experts are
on duty 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year to screen and confirm actual gunfire incidents. Our acoustic experts can supplement alerts with additional tactical
information,  such  as  the  potential  presence  of  multiple  shooters  or  the  use  of  high-capacity  weapons.  Gunshot  incidents  reviewed  by  our  IRC  result  in  alerts  typically  sent
within 45 seconds of the receipt of the gunfire incident.

We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of ShotSpotter Flex on a per-square-mile basis. Our security solutions, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and
ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are typically sold on a subscription basis, each with a customized deployment plan. Our ShotSpotter Missions solution is also sold on a subscription
basis. As of December 31, 2019, we had ShotSpotter Flex, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure coverage areas under contract for approximately 760 square
miles, of which 730 square miles had gone live. Coverage areas under contract included over 100 cities and 12 campuses/sites across the United States, South Africa and the
Bahamas, including three of the ten largest cities in the United States. Most of our revenues are attributable to customers based in the United States.

We are a mission-driven organization focused on earning the trust of law enforcement to help them provide equal protection to all and strengthen the police-community
relationship, ultimately reducing gun violence. Our inspiration comes from our principal founder, Dr. Bob Showen, who believes that the highest and best use of technology is
to promote social good. We are committed to developing comprehensive, respectful and engaged partnerships with law enforcement agencies, elected officials and communities
focused on making a positive difference in our society.

 Industry Background: The Problem of Gun Violence

According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (the “FBI”), an estimated 1.2 million violent crimes occurred in the United States in 2018. Of those violent crimes, it

is estimated that firearms were used in 72.7% of murders, 38.2% of robberies and 26.1% of aggravated assaults.

2

 There  is  a  staggering  economic  cost  associated  with  gun  violence. A 2019 study commissioned by the U.S Congress Joint Economic Committee Democratic Staff

found that gun violence costs the American economy at least $229 billion every year.

The Challenge of Urban Gun-Related Crime

The  majority  of  urban  gunfire  goes  unreported. A  report  published  by  The  Brookings  Institute  analyzing  data  collected  from  ShotSpotter  Flex  and  our  customers
suggests that approximately 90% of the gunshots detected by our public safety solution are not reported to 911 by residents. Even in the instances when 911 calls are made, the
information reported by the caller is often incomplete or inaccurate as to the time and location of the gunshot. Furthermore, in many cases it is often difficult for the caller to
authenticate the incident as gunfire. In addition, we believe that in communities plagued by gun violence, there is often a lack of trust between the community’s residents and its
police  force,  which  can  exacerbate  the  underreporting  of  gunfire  and  create  a  vicious  cycle  of  underreporting,  lack  of  response  and  increased  mistrust  due  to  continued
unaddressed  gun  violence  in  the  community.  When  gunfire  is  not  reported  or  is  reported  inaccurately,  law  enforcement  and  medical  personnel  cannot  address  injuries  nor
effectively investigate and solve related crimes or prevent future incidents.

The communities in which gun violence occurs suffer significant economic loss. A 2016 report by the Urban Institute, which studied the effect of gun violence in
Minneapolis, Minnesota, Oakland, California and Washington, D.C., noted that the perceived risk of gun violence imposed heavy social, psychological and monetary damages
in communities, including fewer jobs and lower economic vitality. The study concluded:

•

•

•

In  Minneapolis,  one  fewer  gun  homicide  in  a  given  year  was  statistically  associated  with  the  creation  of  80  jobs  and  an  additional  $9.4  million  in  sales
across all business establishments in the next year.

In Oakland, every additional gun homicide in a given year was statistically associated with five fewer job opportunities in contracting businesses in the next
year.

In Washington, D.C., every additional gun homicide in a given year was statistically associated with two fewer retail and service establishments the next
year.

In addition, several studies have suggested that property values are inversely correlated with violent crime. For example, the Center for American Progress conducted a
study  of  changes  in  homicide  incidents  and  housing  prices  in  Boston,  Massachusetts;  Seattle,  Washington;  Chicago,  Illinois;  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and  Milwaukee,
Wisconsin and found that a reduction in a given year of one homicide in a ZIP code causes a 1.5% increase in housing values in that same ZIP code the following year.

The Rise of Active-Shooter Events

In addition to the problem of localized, persistent gun violence, there has been an increasing number of high-profile mass shootings and terror events over the past
several years. According to a 2016 report by the FBI, the number of active-shooter events in the United States in 2014 and 2015 was among the highest for any two-year average
period in the preceding 16 years and nearly six times as many as the period between 2000 and 2001, the first two years that the FBI began tracking active-shooter events.

Unlike  gunfire  incidents  occurring  in  high-crime  areas,  active-shooter  events  often  result  in  a  high  volume  of  telephone  reports  to  911.  However,  each  caller  may
provide  untimely,  inaccurate  or  incomplete  information,  causing  confusion  or  delays  in  first  responders’  ability  to  react  quickly  and  accurately.  Response  time  is  critical  as
nearly 70% of active-shooter events last five minutes or less with over one third ending in two minutes or less according to a 2013 study conducted by the FBI of active-shooter
events.

3

 
 
 
 Our Market

We believe there is significant demand for advanced gunfire detection and location notification solutions that accurately and quickly report instances of gunfire, based

on two primary use cases:

•

•

law enforcement— for domestic and international law enforcement serving communities plagued by persistent, localized gun violence, in order to identify,
locate and deter gun violence; and

security—  for  security  personnel  (which  may  include  law  enforcement  personnel)  serving  universities,  corporate  campuses,  key  infrastructure,
transportation centers and other areas in which authorities desire to prepare for and mitigate risks related to an active-shooter event, and desire to provide a
zone of detection coverage surrounding the respective campus or secured area.

Based on data from the 2018 FBI Uniform Crime Report, we estimate that the domestic market for our public safety solution consists of the approximately 1,400 cities
that had four or more homicides per 100,000 residents in 2015. The Uniform Crime Report includes information reported directly to the FBI on a voluntary basis by 18,000 city,
university and college, county, state, tribal and federal law enforcement agencies. We believe that four or more homicides per 100,000 residents represents a significant gun
violence problem. We estimate that a customer in this market could invest an average of approximately $400,000 per year for ShotSpotter Flex.

Outside  of  the  United  States,  we  estimate  that  the  market  for  ShotSpotter  Flex  includes  approximately  200  cities  in  the  European  Union,  Central America,  the
Caribbean, South America and southern Africa that have at least 500,000 residents. We estimate that a customer in this market could invest an average of approximately $1.0
million per year for our public safety solution.

We estimate the average investment amounts for prospective customers based on our experience with existing customers, our anticipated demand for our solutions and

the corresponding coverage areas that we expect prospective customers would elect to cover with our solutions.

Based on data made available by the National Center for Education Statistics and the Federal Aviation Administration, we believe that the domestic market for our
security solutions includes approximately 5,000 college campuses and airports. We estimate that, on average, a customer in this market could invest approximately $50,000-
$75,000 per year for one of our security solutions. In addition, we believe that there exists a broader market for our security solutions that include, primarily the outdoor areas of
college campuses and airports outside of the United States as well as large corporate campuses, train stations and other highly-trafficked areas worldwide.

We also believe there is demand for ShotSpotter Missions within our existing ShotSpotter Flex customers and within police departments in the same cities we target for
our gunshot detection solutions, as it designed to help police departments strategically plan patrol directed missions and tactics for more effective crime deterrence. We estimate
that  the  market  for  our  ShotSpotter  Missions  solution  includes  approximately  1,500  cities,  based  on  cities  that  have  a  population  above  25,000  people.  We  expect  that,  on
average, a customer could invest approximately $50,000 per year for our ShotSpotter Missions solution.

The ShotSpotter Solutions

All  of  our  solutions  are  based  on  our  highly-specialized,  cloud-based  software.  In  the  case  of  our  gunshot  detection  solutions,  ShotSpotter  Flex,  ShotSpotter
SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, the software is integrated with our proprietary, internet-enabled sensors and connected through third-party communication networks.
We brand our solutions based on particular use cases and target customers as follows:

•

•

ShotSpotter Flex. ShotSpotter Flex, a public safety solution, serves cities and municipalities seeking to identify, locate and deter persistent, localized gun
violence by incorporating a real-time gunshot detection system into their policing systems.

ShotSpotter  Missions. This  cloud-based  patrol  management  solution  uses  artificial  intelligence-driven  analysis  to  help  police  departments  strategically
plan directed patrol missions and tactics for more effective crime deterrence. The system provides: crime forecasting and mission planning to enable more
precise deployment of patrol resources and reports on mission activity and tactics for command staff.

4

 
 
 
 
•

•

•

  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus.  ShotSpotter SecureCampus  helps  the  law  enforcement  and  security  personnel  serving  universities,  colleges  and  other
educational  institutions  mitigate  risk  and  enhance  security  by  notifying  authorities  and  first  responders  of  an  active-shooter  event,  involving  outdoor
gunfire, almost immediately, and provide “dome of protection” outside the campus where our coverage areas extends.

ShotSpotter SiteSecure. ShotSpotter SiteSecure is designed to serve customers such as corporations trying to safeguard their facilities and public agencies
focused on protecting critical infrastructure, including train stations, airports and freeways.

ShotSpotter Labs. ShotSpotter Labs houses our advanced technology efforts to adapt and extend our commercial technology to address significant wildlife
and environmental issues. Our current focus is on combating rhino poaching in Kruger National Park, South Africa and blast fishing that threatens coral
reefs  and  food  security  in  Southeast Asia.  The  company  has  been  able  to  collect  revenues  from  philanthropic  entities  to  cover  direct  and  indirect  costs.
Innovations  have  made  their  way  back  into  our  commercial  business  such  as  the  development  of  solar-powered  sensor  from  the  Kruger  deployment,
presenting that technologies similar to those now being used for our freeway deployment.

The key features of our gunshot detection solutions are:

•

•

•

•

Comprehensive Coverage. We believe that we sell the only public safety solution that provides comprehensive outdoor coverage for gunshot detection over
large  and  complex  acoustic  environments.  Our  outdoor  acoustic  sensors  are  strategically  placed  in  an  array  of  20  to  25  sensors  per  square  mile  and  can
easily be expanded to cover any size area. In addition to providing acoustic surveillance over wide areas, our solutions operate on a continuous basis—
24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year—to provide immediate notification of gunfire at any time of day.

Real-Time, Precise Alerts. Our solutions typically notify users within 45 seconds of a gunshot, providing data on the time and location of the shooting and
the number of shots fired. An alert is sent depicting a dot on a map that corresponds to a specific address or latitudinal and longitudinal coordinates. In
addition, our alerts provide valuable additional information about the scene of the incident, such as the potential presence of multiple shooters or the use of
fully automatic and high-capacity weapons. This enhanced tactical awareness can help protect first responders in dangerous and unpredictable situations.

   Forensically-Sound Data. Because our solutions provide an exact time, location and audio recording of a gunshot, we can provide authorities with critical
evidence  for  investigations  and  prosecutions.  Our  Detailed  Forensic  Reports  (“DFRs”)  provide  law  enforcement  personnel  and  prosecutors  with
comprehensive,  court-admissible  analysis  of  a  shooting  incident  including  the  gunfire  audio.  We  also  offer  expert  witness  testimony  to  introduce  the
forensic  analysis  of  the  DFRs  at  trial  and  to  provide  technical  ex  pertise  regarding  our  technology.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we
completed  and  delivered  266  DFRs  for  outdoor  gunshot  incidents,  and  our  evidence  was  presented  in  form  of  expert  witness  testimony  in  33  state  and
Federal trials. In 2019 we introduced a new automated, machine generated forensic report, called an Investigative Lead Summary (“ILS”), which fills the
need for a significant percentage of DFRs in a more cost effective, timely manner. During 2019, over 45,000 ILS reports were generated by our customers
and used for investigative purposes.

Annual Subscription to a Cloud-Based Solution. We provide each of our gunshot detection solutions as an annual subscription-based service in which we
design,  deploy,  own,  manage  and  maintain  the  acoustic  sensors,  host  the  software  and  gunshot  data  and  operate  our  IRC  with  trained  acoustic  experts.
Occasionally we receive customer requests for direct purchase of our sensors in conjunction with the purchase of a subscription service. We evaluate each of
these requests on a case by case basis.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The key benefits provided by these features of our gunshot detection solutions include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  Expedited Response to Gunfire. In 2019, we issued over 140,000 gunshot alerts to our customers. In areas where gun violence is persistent, we believe
most gunshots are not otherwise reported. Even when calls are made, many callers are unable to provide a location of the gunshot or other relevant details.
Human response time to unfolding violence often delays calls for several minutes in circumstances where response time can be critical. By contrast, our
solutions  typically  alert  emergency  dispatch  centers  and  field  personnel  within  45  seconds  of  confirmed  gunfire  and  provide  an  exact  location,  enabling
them to respond faster and to a specific location. The ability to respond more quickly increases the chances of apprehending the shooter and assisting victims
of violence, in addition to aiding in evidence collection.

Prevention and Deterrence of Gun Violence. We believe increasing the speed and accuracy of law enforcement responses to gunfire can act as a long-term
deterrent that can decrease the overall prevalence of gunfire. We also believe that knowledge of the existence of our solutions may have a deterrent effect on
localized gun violence. When elected officials and law enforcement have an enhanced awareness of gun violence activity and patterns, they have tools to
facilitate a rapid and accurate response to gunfire incidents and improve relations between law enforcement and these communities, potentially increasing
crime reporting and community cooperation with investigations, which can result in improved public safety.

Improved  Community  Relations  and  Collaboration. We  believe  that  persistent  gun  violence  limits  the  ability  of  police  and  other  community  leaders  to
serve their constituents and improve their communities. Many cities struggle to establish and foster a cooperative and trusting relationship between their
police department and the communities they serve. Our public safety solution provides cities with the ability to react quickly to gun violence, thus providing
the  ability  to  improve  their  responses  and  residents’  perception  of  their  responses.  This  provides  our  customers  with  the  opportunity  to  foster  improved
community relations and collaboration with their residents.

Improved  Police  Officer  Safety.  We  believe  that  our  solutions  provide  additional  and  valuable  information  regarding  gunshot  incidents  as  the  alerts  we
provide give additional insight and situational awareness, including, in the case shots fired outdoors, round count, potential multiple shooters and use of an
automatic weapon, that allow the responders to be better prepared to respond appropriately.

Ease to Procure and Use. By delivering our solution as a cloud- and subscription-based service, our customers do not need to design, install or maintain
their own complex infrastructure or hire or train acoustic experts to continuously manage such a solution. We offer consultative ongoing on-boarding, best
practices and tactical training support to our customers to insure they derive the full value of implementing our solution.

Integration Capability. We can customize the integration of our solutions with existing customer systems, including video management systems, computer-
aided  dispatch,  records  management  systems,  video  analytics,  automated  license  plate  number  readers,  camera  management  systems,  crime  analysis  and
statistics packages (including the COMPSTAT software tools commonly used by police departments) and common operating picture software. Interfacing
with  our  alerts  can  enhance  the  effectiveness  of  these  customer  tools  by  providing  information  such  as  precise  latitude  and  longitude  (geolocation),
timestamps, incident audio and situational context. For example, police in Minneapolis, Minnesota used our alerts to trigger video recordings of certain key
intersections in high crime areas and capture the image of a suspect fleeing the scene of a shooting. Similarly, in Boston, Massachusetts, police correlate our
data with surveillance cameras and parolee ankle bracelet tracking data to monitor parolees who may be violating parole terms by committing crimes or
consorting with criminals.

Gun Violence Data Collection. We believe that we have amassed the world’s largest and most accurate collection of urban gunshot data. We provide our
public safety customers with detailed gun crime pattern analysis for their coverage areas as well as access to additional data that can assist them with further
analytics. This information provides an awareness of gunshot activity that may otherwise go unreported. For example, by collecting information regarding
the time and location of otherwise unreported gunfire, our customers can become aware of patterns of violence in the community. This increased awareness
can help our customers create policy, allocate appropriate resources and help to address pervasive problems in high gun-activity areas.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The key features and key benefits of our ShotSpotter Missions solution include:

Crime Forecasting and Mission Planning. ShotSpotter Missions provides crime forecasting and mission planning to enable more precise deployment of
patrol resources and reports on mission activity and tactics for command staff. ShotSpotter Missions also provides agencies the flexibility to select which
crime types to forecast and to weight them based on police and community priorities.

Tactical Mission Confirmation. Tactical missions can be configured with police input, and effectively communicate predictions to police staff of discrete
areas of high risk for crime types. The key benefit of ShotSpotter Missions is its ability to help police departments strategically plan directed patrol missions
and tactics for more effective crime deterrence with focused, directed and visible patrol presence.

•

•

Strategy

We intend to drive growth in our business by continuing to build on our position as the leading provider of outdoor gunshot detection, location and alerting solutions.

Key elements of our strategy include:

•

•

•

•

•

  Accelerate Our Acquisition of Public Safety Customers. We believe that we continue to be in the early stages of penetrating the markets for our public
safety solutions. We count law enforcement agencies in three of the ten largest U.S. cities among our ShotSpotter Flex customers. Over the last few years
we  expanded  our  direct  sales  force  and  customer  success  teams  and  added  marketing  lead-generation  capabilities  to  accelerate  growth  in  this  market.
Moreover, as we add new public safety customers, publicity and the number of potential references for our solutions increase, which results in our brand and
our solutions becoming more well known. We intend to capitalize on this momentum to drive an increase in sales.

Expand Our International Footprint. With only two currently deployed ShotSpotter Flex customers outside of the United States in South Africa and the
Bahamas, we believe that we have a significant opportunity to expand internationally. We estimate that the market outside the United States for our public
safety solutions includes approximately 200 cities in the European Union, Central America, the Caribbean, South America and southern Africa that have at
least  500,000  residents.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  there  is  a  market  for  our  security  solutions  and  ShotSpotter  Missions  outside  the  United  States  that
primarily includes the outdoor areas of college campuses and airports, large corporate campuses, train stations and other highly-trafficked areas. We intend
to invest in our international sales and marketing efforts to reach these customers.

 Expand  ShotSpotter  Flex  Revenue  within  Our  Existing  Customer  Base. As  customers  realize  the  benefits  of  our  solutions,  we  believe  that  we  have  a
significant opportunity to increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships by expanding coverage within their communities through a “land and
expand” strategy . For example, of our ShotSpotter Flex customers, approximately 36% have expanded their coverage areas from their original deployment
areas by an average of ten square miles as of December 31, 2019. Our overall revenue retention rate has been over 100% for each of 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Drive  Additional  Revenue  per  Customer  with  the  Development  or  Acquisition  of  New  Products  and  Services. We  evaluate  opportunities  to  develop  or
acquire complementary products and services. For example, our acquisition of HunchLab, renamed ShotSpotter Missions, in 2018 provides an opportunity
to increase our revenue per customer with a related and value-added technology that helps deter crime through strategically planned patrol missions. Our
current focus is to leverage trusted relationships with current customers to drive initial adoption, and increase revenue and lifetime value per customer.

Maintain Passionate Focus on Customer Success and Net Promoter Score. Given the specialized nature of our market, a key component of our strategy is
to maintain our passionate focus on customer success and satisfaction. We pride ourselves on our execution of customer on-boarding as well as ongoing
consulting and customer support, all of which are critical to ensure not only high customer retention rates, but new customer acquisitions. We implement our
customer success initiative early in the sales process in order to ensure that we are aligned with the customer’s objectives and can positively impact their
defined  outcomes.  We  apply  consultative  best  practices  and  policy  development  at  the  command  staff  level  as  well  as  tactical  training  for  field  patrol
officers.  We  also  consistently  measure  our  performance  with  customers  through  an  annual  Net  Promoter  Survey.  We  have  extremely  high  agency
participation rates and our scores the last two years have ranked between “excellent” and “world class” according to our Survey partner benchmarks. All of
our efforts are focused on driving positive measurable outcomes on gun violence reduction and prevention, which we know leads to positive word of mouth
referrals that can attract new customers and drive an increase in sales.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

 Integrate with New Technologies that Enhance our Value. We believe that integrating our solutions with other tools and technologies enhances the value
of our solutions to our customers. For example, our solutions can be used in connection with computer-aided dispatch systems, video surveillance cameras,
National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (“NIBIN”), and automated license plate readers used by law enforcement to improve the effectiveness of
police response and investigation efforts. We continue to evaluate  new technologies that may integrate with our solutions to generate additional value for
our customers.

Leverage  ShotSpotter  Labs  to  Accelerate  the  Introduction  of  Innovations  into  our  Commercial  Business. Labs  allows  us  to  invest  in  developing
innovative  extensions  to  our  technology  that  protect  wildlife  and  the  environment  while  covering  our  costs  through  philanthropic  partners.  These
innovations can and have made their way back into our commercial business. For example, the technology behind the solar sensors developed for rhino
protection across large swaths of land in Kruger National Park were similar to those used in our freeway deployments where some sensor placements did
not have direct access to electricity.

Grow Our Security Business. We have developed our ShotSpotter SecureCampus solution for universities and other educational institutions. We have also
developed ShotSpotter SiteSecure for customers such as corporations trying to safeguard their facilities, and public agencies focused on protecting critical
infrastructure, including train stations, airports and highways. As of December 31, 2019, we had 12 ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure
customers. With more than 5,000 target customers in the United States, we believe that these markets represent an opportunity for growth.

Extend  Our  Market  and  Product  Leadership  in  Gun  Violence  Prevention. We  will  continue  to  invest  in  improving  our  acoustic  gunshot  detection
solutions, our sensors, our gunshot detection algorithms, the design and deployment of our network arrays, our mobile applications, and the integration of
our platform with third-party technologies, to maintain our technology leadership position. With what we believe is the world’s largest collection of loud,
impulsive sounds collected over 20 years, we believe we are in a unique position to improve gunshot detection accuracy via machine learning. In addition,
we intend to leverage our extensive collection of gunfire data to better understand the facts, trends and circumstances surrounding gun activity in order to
maintain our reputation as gun violence experts. In doing so, we hope to contribute to the efforts of the community at large to identify, locate and deter gun
violence.

Extend our Platform of Services and the Value of our Data. We will continue to invest in research and development to leverage our large and growing
database of impulsive acoustic events, which includes those from both gunfire and non-gunfire. We also intend to leverage third-party artificial intelligence
(“AI”)  and  our  own  evolving  cognitive  and  analytical  applications  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  our  solutions,  which  may  include  internal  software
applications, data analysis, event routing and customer outputs. Certain of these applications and outputs may expand the platform of services that we will
be able to offer our customers.

Integrated Platform

Our  gunshot  detection  solutions  provide  for  the  complete  integration  of  several  complex  components-  intelligent  sensors,  networking  infrastructure,  and  enterprise
software and computing resources — in an easy-to-adopt and affordable annual subscription that eliminates the need for our customers to design, install or maintain their own
complex infrastructure or hire or train acoustic experts to monitor continuously the solution.

We  believe  that  offering  these  solutions  as  a  service  on  an  annual  subscription  basis  is  cost-effective,  provides  for  more  resilient,  redundant  infrastructure  and
significantly  reduces  friction  during  customer  adoption  by  eliminating  the  complexity  and  front-loaded  capital  expenditure  associated  with  perpetual  licenses  for  on-site
technology projects. Our sensors operate on machine-to-machine networks and, because we maintain thousands of live sensor connections, we are able to aggregate usage for all
of our customers and negotiate lower rates from communications service providers than a single customer would likely be able to procure on their own.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 Our hybrid cloud infrastructure is architected to deliver a platform for high availability and elasticity. We partner with an industry leading private cloud vendor that
supplies colocation facilities worldwide and with Amazon Web Services the leading vendor of public cloud services.  We are able to provide a level of 24/7/365 fault-tolerant
hardware and network uptime that few of our customers could afford to procure or maintain on their own.

Gunshot Detection Software

The heart of our gunshot detection solutions is our sophisticated and highly-specialized software. Our software analyzes audio signals for potential gunshots first in our
intelligent sensors. Our sensor filters out ambient background noise, such as traffic or wind, and looks for impulsive sounds characteristic of gunfire. If the sensor detects such
an impulse, it extracts pulse features of the soundwave, such as sharpness, strength, duration, rise time and decay time. Then, the sensor sends these features to our cloud servers
as part of a data packet that includes the location coordinates of the reporting sensor and the precise time-of-arrival and angle-of-arrival of the sound.

When the data reaches our cloud servers, our software assesses whether three or more of our outdoor sensors detected the same sound impulse and, if so, multilaterates
the  location  coordinates  of  the  sound  source  based  on  the  time  of  arrival  and  the  angle  of  arrival  of  the  sound.  The  software  then  verifies  that  the  data  is  mathematically
consistent with the sound having originated at a single location. The accuracy of the coordinates derived from our proprietary software is significantly improved when more than
three sensors participate, as is typically the case. We deploy our sensor arrays such that, on average, six to eight sensors participate in the detection of a gunshot.

After the software determines the location of the sound source, the machine classifier algorithms analyze the pulse features to determine if the sound is likely to be
gunfire.  Our  algorithms  consider  pulse  features,  the  distance  from  the  sound  source,  pattern  matching  and  other  heuristic  methods  to  evaluate  and  classify  the  sound.  The
machine classifier is periodically trained and validated against a large database of known gunfire and other community sounds that are impulsive in nature. We continue to add
new  data  to  our  machine  learning  database  from  the  incidents  reviewed  by  our  acoustic  experts  in  our  IRC  process.  Classification  continuously  improves  as  the  machine
classifiers are re-trained using the expanded data set.

Once an incident is classified as likely gunfire, it is sent to the acoustic experts in our IRC for additional analysis and confirmation. Along with confirming an incident
is gunfire, our acoustic experts also annotate the alerts with additional information that may be helpful to first responders, such as whether there are multiple shooters or if a
high-capacity  or  fully  automatic  weapon  is  being  used.  Incident  notifications  are  sent  when  the  incident  is  confirmed  as  gunfire  by  one  of  our  acoustic  experts. Alerts  are
delivered  by  SMS  text  and  push  notifications  and  also  through  our  mobile  applications.  The  time  from  outdoor  trigger-pull  to  a  notification  being  sent  to  our  customers  is
typically 45 seconds or less.

Our  patrol  management  software,  ShotSpotter  Missions,  combines  historical  crime  data  ingested  through  agency  computer-aided  dispatch  (“CAD”)  and  record
management system (“RMS”) feeds along with temporal, location and event-based inputs including ShotSpotter data for cities that use our ShotSpotter Flex solution, to create
crime forecasts. The system ingests multiple years’ worth of agency data and is “trained” using machine learning to determine correlations across variables. The models are then
tested against recent crime data to calibrate forecast accuracy.

The ShotSpotter Missions system is flexible, enabling agencies to select which crime types to forecast and to weight them based on police and community priorities.
Mission duration and suggested tactics are configured with police input. Upon deployment, new missions are created for every patrol shift and beat using colored boxes overlaid
on a map to indicate discrete areas of high risk for particular crime types. These mission areas enable focused, directed and visible patrol presence to deter crime.

Intelligent Sensors Used in Gunshot Detection Solutions

Our rugged gunshot detection sensor is an intelligent, internet-enabled device that is specially built to ignore ambient noise and respond to impulsive sounds, accurately
time-stamping their arrival times. Advanced digital signal processing algorithms filter out background sounds such as traffic, and extract pulse features from the audio signal
that, along with the time and angle of arrival of the sound, are sent to our servers where algorithms compute the location of the sound source.

9

 The sensors do not have the ability to live stream audio. Typically, sounds, noises or voices captured on the secure sensors are cached temporarily but are written over
and permanently deleted within 30 hours. When a sensor is triggered by an impulsive sound, it creates a potential gunshot “incident” that contains a recording including no more
than one second before the incident and one second after the incident. This audio snippet is preserved indefinitely for potential evidentiary use.

Our sensors are designed and tested against international standards for installation in unprotected outdoor environments. Special consideration is given to minimize the
sound  of  wind,  rain  and  hail,  which  could  otherwise  limit  the  range  of  detection  and  produce  false  results.  Environmental  condition  tests  performed  on  the  sensors  include
temperature cycling, temperature soak, shock, vibration, salt fog and moisture ingress protection.

We typically design and deploy arrays of 20 to 25 sensors per square mile taking into consideration the unique acoustic environment in which we are deploying. The
cumulative experience of deploying in various cities with different acoustic properties has provided a distinct advantage in tailoring our sensor arrays to perform at high levels.
We have full telemetry to each sensor that provides detailed heartbeat data to our system to monitor each sensor’s health and availability. Sensor firmware is maintained with
over-the-air updates. Because we purposely over-deploy our sensor arrays, multiple sensors can be offline at any given time without affecting the overall performance of the
system.

Incident Review Center

Our IRC operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. When a loud impulsive sound triggers enough of our outdoor sensors that an incident is detected
and  located,  audio  from  the  incident  is  sent  to  our  IRC  via  secure,  high-speed  network  connections  for  real-time  confirmation.  Within  seconds  of  an  incident,  one  of  our
acoustic experts analyzes audio data and recordings of the potential gunfire. When gunfire is confirmed, our IRC team sends an alert directly to emergency dispatch centers and
field personnel through any computer or mobile device with access to the Internet. This process typically takes less than 45 seconds from the time of the gunshot. Alerts include:

•

•

•

•

the precise location of gunfire, including both latitude/longitude and street address;

the number and exact time of shots fired;

the number of shooters; and

if detectable, the use of fully automatic or high-capacity weapons.

Our IRC operates primarily out of our principal facilities in Newark, California and receives audio from incidents detected by our outdoor sensors regardless of where
such incidents occur. Although our IRC currently operates at a single location, our trained personnel can perform IRC functions from any location that has a high-speed internet
connection.

10

 
 
 
 
 Gunshot Detection Alerts

Our alerts are delivered in the following forms:

ShotSpotter Dispatch

Our IRC sends real-time notifications of outdoor gunfire incidents to the ShotSpotter Dispatch application, which is the user interface designed for emergency dispatch

centers. In addition, alerts can also be sent directly to field personnel using the ShotSpotter Respond application installed on computers in police cars.

Through the ShotSpotter applications, the alert provides the type of gunfire (single-round or multiple-round), a unique identification number (Flex ID number), a date
and time of the muzzle blast (trigger time), nearest address to the precise latitude and longitude of the gunfire, number of shots and police district and beat identification. The
alert also includes an audio clip of the incident.

One of our acoustic experts may add other contextual information related to the incident such as the possibility of multiple shooters, high-capacity or fully automatic
weapons,  and  the  shooter’s  location  relative  to  a  building  (for  example,  in  the  front  or  back  yard  or  in  the  street). An  audit  trail  of  the  time  the  alert  was  published  to  and
acknowledged by our customer is also contained in the report. Any notes added by 911 dispatchers are time- and date-stamped and indicate the operator’s identification.

ShotSpotter Respond

We also offer a robust mobile application, for customers using iPhone and Android devices. This application allows field personnel to directly receive immediate alerts
of outdoor gunshots and related critical information. The alert provides the type of gunfire (single-round or multiple-round), a unique identification number (Flex ID number), a
date and time of the muzzle blast (trigger time), nearest address to the location of the gunfire, number of shots and police district and beat identification. The alert also includes
an audio clip of the incident.

11

 
 
12

 
 
 Real-time alert data with respect to gunshots can also be delivered to customers through email or SMS text messages.

Other Applications and Services

Investigator Portal

All historical incident data in our database can be viewed, searched, sorted, and filtered using the Investigator Portal. The Investigator Portal can create reports for
single incidents or groups of incidents. Filter settings may be used to select incidents grouped into a single report. Any predefined reports may be viewed, printed, or the raw
data exported for use in third-party applications. The Investigator Portal also includes the ability to save audio clips to any recordable media.

Forensic Reports and Certified Expert Witness Services

Our gunshot data is also useful for detailed forensic analysis that helps reveal and clarify what actually occurred during a gunfire incident, including the identification
of certain weapon types, the number and specific time of each individual round fired, the number of shooters involved and the changes in location and direction of shooters in
motion. Because our solutions provide an exact time, location and audio recording of a gunshot, we are able to provide authorities with critical evidence for investigations and
prosecutions.

As part of our solution, we offer Detailed Forensic Reports (“DFRs”). These provide law enforcement personnel and prosecutors with comprehensive, court-admissible
analysis  of  a  shooting  incident,  including  the  gunfire  audio.  We  also  offer  expert  witness  testimony  to  introduce  the  forensic  analysis  of  the  DFRs  at  trial  and  to  provide
technical expertise regarding our technology. Our forensic evidence has been admitted in over 100 criminal prosecutions throughout the United States. Our technology and the
forensic results achieved from it have been found to be admissible in numerous states, adhering to either the Frye or Daubert expert testimony standard, including Minnesota,
Nebraska, Pennsylvania, California, Missouri, New York, Colorado, Indiana and New Jersey.

13

 
 
 ShotSpotter Missions

In the era where police agencies are constantly asked to do more with less, ShotSpotter Missions helps agencies make their largest cost center – patrol – more efficient
and effective in reducing crime. The software-based patrol management system displays AI-driven risk assessments for officers by shift and beat that direct their patrolling and
tactics in a more precise, standardized and impactful way. ShotSpotter Missions collects data from all directed patrol sessions that can be analyzed to determine their impact on
crime so that operations and tactics can be optimized over time.

ShotSpotter Missions provides:

•

•

•

crime forecasting and directed patrol planning;

dosage and tactics guidance by crime type; and

reports on directed patrol activity and tactics for command staff.

The system combines historical crime data ingested through agency CAD and RMS feeds along with temporal, location and event-based inputs including ShotSpotter
data for cities use our ShotSpotter Flex solution, to create crime forecasts. The system ingests multiple years’ worth of agency data and is “trained” using machine learning to
determine correlations across variables. The models are then tested against recent crime data to calibrate forecast accuracy.

Deployment and Customer Success

When we deploy our ShotSpotter Flex, ShotSpotter SiteSecure and ShotSpotter SecureCampus solutions, we install our outdoor sensors in a specified coverage area
according to our contract with the customer. As an initial step, we perform site surveys of the coverage area to design a sensor array, which typically consist of 20 to 25 sensors
per square mile. We typically install sensors on the highest buildings in the area, but we may also use existing infrastructure assets such as light poles. Once permission for
installation is obtained, we typically engage local electricians to augment our team of field service technicians to install the sensors and perform required maintenance.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 Given  the  specialized  nature  of  our  market,  a  key  component  of  our  strategy  is  to  maintain  our  passionate  focus  on  customer  success.  We  pride  ourselves  on our
execution in customer on-boarding as well as ongoing consulting and customer support, all of which is critical to ensure not only high customer retention rates but new customer
acquisitions. We implement our customer success initiative early in the sales process in order to ensure that we are aligned with the customer’s objectives and can positively
impact their defined outcomes. For example, during deployment, our customer success team, consisting of experienced law enforcement professionals, provides on-site training
to the customer’s officers, dispatchers and investigators, including training on how to use the solution and best practices for optimal results. We apply consultative best practices
and policy development at the command staff level as well as tactical training for field patrol officers. All of our efforts are focused on driving positive measurable outcomes on
gun violence reduction and prevention.

Our IRC and customer service organizations provide continuous outdoor incident classification and technical support 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a
year. The nature of our outdoor incident classification process provides ongoing and significant touchpoints with our customers through our published alerts. We also interact
with  our  customers  through  email,  chat  and  telephone  inquiries,  and  monitor  our  customers’  local  news  feeds  and  radio  dispatch  traffic  in  order  to  remain  aware  of  their
violence prevention activities.

Our  customer  success  team  is  responsible  for  conducting  periodic  in-person  account  reviews  that  detail  all  aspects  of  the  services  provided,  including  outcomes
generated and areas for future improvement. We believe that these account reviews, along with our formalized on-boarding customer success program, are largely responsible
for our high net promoter score (“NPS”). We obtain our NPS by conducting surveys to measure customer loyalty and satisfaction. We believe a high NPS indicates a substantial
competitive advantage in facilitating customer acquisition and retention and increases customer lifetime value. In 2019, we achieved an NPS score of 53%.

Customers

  We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of our public safety and security solutions on a per-square-mile basis. As of December 31, 2019, we
had coverage areas under contract of approximately 760 square miles in the aggregate, of which 730 miles have gone live, which included 102 cities and 11 campuses and other
sites  across  the  United  States,  South Africa  and  Bahamas,  including  three  of  the  ten  largest  cities  in  the  United  States.  Since  transitioning  our  public  safety  business  to  the
ShotSpotter Flex subscription model in 2011, we have added over 70 new ShotSpotter Flex customers, but only ten such customers have terminated service, two of which we re
terminated due to hurricane damage in 2017, and one of which, Puerto Rico, had returned as a customer at the end of 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our two
largest customers, City of Chicago and City of New York accounted for 20% and 14% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our two largest
customers, City of Chicago and City of New York accounted for 22% and 15% of our revenues, respectively.   The City of New York and Puerto Rico Housing Administration
accounted for 18% and 7%, respectively, of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Sales

We sell our solutions through our direct sales teams. Our sales teams focus on both new customer acquisition, customer renewal and coverage expansion. Our public
safety solution sales team identifies communities with the opportunity to benefit from our solutions, communicates with key stakeholders, navigates the challenges associated
with our customers’ complex funding and sales cycles, and establishes a foundation for a successful customer relationship. In addition, our sales team works with customers to
identify and procure funds from alternate sources, including state and federal government grants. Our security solutions sales team focuses primarily on college and university
campuses,  typically  with  the  head  of  campus  security,  but  also  by  engaging  with  boards  of  regents,  budget  office  personnel  and  other  campus  stakeholders.  We  intend  to
continue to invest in building a global sales organization as we further penetrate the market for ShotSpotter Flex and expand the customer base for our security solutions.

At times, we may sell our solutions through channel partners as part of “Smart Cities” initiatives. To help integrate our solutions with other services in this space and
to take advantage of current and emerging technologies, we seek to enter into alliances with leading companies focused on such initiatives. In August 2018, we entered into an
agreement with Verizon, through which they may sell our Flex solutions as a reseller, in addition to the solution bundled with their Light Sensory Network. In October 2019, we
entered into an agreement with AT&T, through which they may sell our Flex solutions as a reseller as well.

15

 Marketing

The company continues to expand the scope and capability of the marketing function. The top marketing initiatives include: 1) targeted lead-generation campaigns and
events to build sales pipeline; 2) creation of compelling content to educate prospects and build credibility as police agencies go through the buyers’ journey; and 3) an active
public relations program to increase the overall awareness of our products.

In 2019, we launched a lead-generation initiative to drive additional pipeline for the sales team consisting of a marketing automation technology platform, a series of
online campaigns and an outbound calling team of sales development representative (“SDR”s). The campaigns are designed to educated prospects and generate initial interest
based on compelling content. The SDR team supports the campaigns with outbound calls to drive further interest and qualify the lead. Over the course of the year the flow of
qualified leads that turned into sales opportunities doubled. A key part of the lead generation program is creating a presence at key industry events and conferences where we
can  personally  engage  with  customers,  prospects  and  influencers  such  as  mayors,  city  managers,  and  trauma  surgeons.  The  face-to-face  interactions  are  invaluable  for
introducing our value proposition, establishing relationships and building trust.

Content creation is focused on leveraging our happy customer base to share their experiences and results with other prospects. We have developed an initial set of
video and online assets that share success stories from our customers’ point of view and describe how our technology positively impacts their department and community. We
are expanding the breadth and depth of our content library significantly for the user, economic buyer and influencers.

In the area of public relations, we increased our social media presence, have expanded the number of spokespeople available to talk to the media and continue to put
out a significant number of press releases each year. Due to the high visibility of shootings, the media’s interest in covering them, and ShotSpotter’s key role in alerting police
for a quick response to these events, we benefit from significant television, print and online press that is generated at little to no cost. In 2019, we were mentioned in over 11,000
articles, broadcast TV and radio segments - the majority of which were organically generated. Members of the media have access to a self-serve, comprehensive media kit to
easily insert video and photos that depict the service and its benefits in a compelling fashion to enhance broadcast TV segments and print/online articles. This exposure creates
awareness for our system and lends credibility to our market leadership position.

Research and Development

We focus our research and development efforts on enhancing our advanced signal processing and classification algorithms, updating our sensor hardware technology,
reducing  manufacturing  costs,  developing  mobile,  web  and  desktop  applications,  evolving  our  cloud-deployed  back-end  infrastructure  and  integration  with  “smart  cities”
initiatives. ShotSpotter Missions crime forecasting uses machine learning and has led to additional investment in data science resources. As of December 31, 2019, we had 20
employees  in  our  research  and  development  organization.  In  addition,  we  engage  in  research  and  development  activities  with  manufacturing  partners  and  outsource  certain
activities  to  engineering  firms  to  further  supplement  our  internal  team.  Our  research  and  development  team  is  increasingly  focused  on  exploring  the  use  of  our  data  sets  to
conduct cognitive analysis and AI integration.

Competition

The  markets  for  public  safety  and  security  solutions  are  highly  fragmented  and  evolving.  Whether  installed  in  local  communities,  on  critical  infrastructure  or  on  a
campus, for a gunfire detection system to be effective, the protection zone must be comprehensive. We believe our gunshot detection solutions represent the most effective
public safety and security solutions on the market.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

product functionality, including the ability to cover broad outdoor geographic spaces;

solution performance, including the rapid capture of multiple acoustic incidents and accuracy;

ease of implementation, use and maintenance;

total cost of ownership; and

customer support and customer success initiatives.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 ShotSpotter Flex Solution Competitors

Our ShotSpotter Flex solution is unique because it provides scalable wide area gunshot detection over large and geographically diverse areas, provides immediate and
precise data on gunfire, helps communities define the scope of illegal gunfire, and provides cities with detailed forensic data for investigation, prosecution and analysis. While
we are not aware of any direct competitors offering wide-area solutions comparable to ShotSpotter Flex, we believe the primary competitors in the broader gunfire detection
space are Rafael Advanced Defense Systems Ltd., Raytheon Company, V5 Systems, Safety Dynamics, Inc., Wi-fiber, Inc. EAGL Technology, Shooter Detection Systems and
Thales Group.

Most of these other outdoor solutions on the market offer limited scope point protection, proximity sensors, or “counter-sniper systems.” These systems are designed
primarily for covering small areas, or for defined military or SWAT team applications, where the target is known in advance and it is possible to put a sensor directionally
toward the target. However, urban areas and critical infrastructure require a wider system of protection that can cover a large area.

We  also  compete  with  other  possible  uses  of  the  limited  funding  available  to  our  ShotSpotter  Flex  customers.  Because  law  enforcement  agencies  or  government
entities have limited funds, they may have to choose among resources or solutions that help them to meet their overall mission. Accordingly, we compete not only with our
customers’ internal budget decisions, but with numerous companies vying for these limited funds, including Everbridge, Inc. and Axon Enterprises, Inc., among others. We
believe that in areas with significant levels of gun activity, ShotSpotter Flex is uniquely positioned to assist customers in interrupting, detecting and preventing gun violence.

Security Solutions Competitors

Our  security  solutions  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  environment.  In  addition  to  other  gunfire  detection  companies,  we  may  face  competition  from  companies
offering  alternative  security  technologies,  such  as  video  surveillance,  access  control,  alarm  and  lighting  systems.  The  direct  competitors  for  security  solutions  include  the
Guardian  system  by  Shooter  Detection  Systems  LLC,  Safety  Dynamics  Inc.,  V5  Systems,  EAGL,  Wi-fiber,  and AmberBox,  Inc.  We  believe  none  of  our  security  solutions
competitors is able to offer the comprehensive outdoor coverage we offer.

ShotSpotter Missions Competitors

ShotSpotter Missions operates in a developing and potentially competitive environment. In addition to control management and data analytics customers companies,
we  may  face  competition  from  companies  offering  alternative  solutions  as  well  as  solutions  developed  internally  by  our  customers.  The  direct  competitors  to  our  Missions
solution include PredPol, Inc. and may include other CAD/RMS providers and other third-party solutions providers, such as Genetech, Inc., CentralSquare Technologies, Mark
43, and Motorola Solutions, Inc.

Intellectual Property

Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. To safeguard these rights, we

rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and contractual protections in the United States and other jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2019, we had 34 issued patents, 32 in the United States, one in Israel and one in Mexico, as well as patent applications pending for examination in

the United States, Europe and Brazil.

The issued patents expire on various dates from 2022 to 2034. We also license one patent from a third party, which expires in 2023.

We also license software from third parties for integration into our offerings, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable

terms. We cannot assure you that such third parties will maintain such software or continue to make it available.

17

 Facilities

Our principal facilities consist of office space for our corporate headquarters in Newark, California, where we occupy approximately 12,020 square feet of space under

a lease that expires in October 2021.

We  lease  our  facilities  and  do  not  own  any  real  property.  We  may  procure  additional  space  as  we  add  employees  and  expand  geographically.  We  believe  that  our
facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our
operations.

Employees

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  108  full-time  and  four  part-time  employees,  of  which  21  were  in  sales  and  marketing,  11  were  in  general  and  administrative
functions, 20 in research and development and 60 in operations, customer support and customer success. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by
collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Segment and Geographic Information

     Information  about  segment  reporting  and  long-lived  assets  is  set  forth  in  Note  3       of  our  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  in  “Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data” of th is Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Total  revenues  generated  outside  the  United  States  were  derived  from  our  customer  located  in
South Africa and Bahamas and were $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, and $0.9 million and $0.8 million, in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Substantially all of our non-monetary long-lived assets are located in the United States. For a discussion of risks related to our international operations, see the risk
factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Corporate Information

We were formed as ShotSpotter, Inc., a California corporation, in 2001 and reincorporated as ShotSpotter, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in 2004. We also do business

as “SST” pursuant to a registered trade name.

Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  7979  Gateway  Boulevard,  Suite  210,  Newark,  California  94560  and  our  telephone  number  is  (510)  794-3100.  Our
website address is www.shotspotter.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ShotSpotter, the ShotSpotter logo, ShotSpotter Missions, ShotSpotter Flex, ShotSpotter SecureCampus, ShotSpotter SiteSecure, and other trade names, trademarks or
service  marks  of  ShotSpotter  appearing  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  the  property  of  ShotSpotter,  Inc.  Trade  names,  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  other
companies appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective holders.

Where You Can Find More Information

You can read our SEC filings, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any
document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed
rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on
the operation of the public reference facilities.

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we are required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We
also maintain a website at www.shotspotter.com, at which you may access these materials, free of charge, as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the SEC. We are not, however, including the information contained on our website, or information that may be accessed through links on our website, as part of, or
incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

18

 
   Item 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other
information in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the
following risks is realized, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common
stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Moreover, the risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently
known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition. You should carefully consider these risk
factors, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as our other publicly available filings with the SEC.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our success depends on maintaining and increasing our sales, which depends on factors we cannot control, including the availability of funding to our customers.

To date, substantially all of our revenues have been derived from contracts with local governments and their agencies, in particular the police departments of major
cities  in  the  United  States.  To  a  lesser  extent,  we  also  generate  revenues  from  federal  agencies,  foreign  governments  and  higher  education  institutions.  We  believe  that  the
success and growth of our business will continue to depend on our ability to add new police departments and other government agencies, domestically and internationally, as
customers of our public safety solution and new universities, corporate campuses and key infrastructure and transportation centers as customers of our security solutions. Many
of our target customers have restricted budgets, such that we are forced to compete with programs or solutions that offer an alternative use of the same funds. A number of
factors could cause current and/or potential customers to: delay or refrain from purchasing our solutions, prevent expansion of, or reduce coverage areas and/ or terminate use of
our solutions, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

decreases or changes in available funding, including budgetary allocations, government grants and other government funding programs;

potential delays or changes in appropriations or other funding authorization processes;

changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

macro-and/or local economic changes that may affect customer funding;

changes in elected or appointed officials; and

changes in laws or public sentiment regarding privacy or surveillance.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing would impede or delay our ability to maintain or increase the amount of revenues derived from these customers, which could

have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Contracting with government entities can be complex, expensive and time-consuming.

The procurement process for government entities is in many ways more challenging than contracting in the private sector. We must comply with laws and regulations
relating to the formation, administration, performance and pricing of contracts with government entities, including U.S. federal, state and local governmental bodies. These laws
and regulations may impose added costs on our business or prolong or complicate our sales efforts, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations or other applicable
requirements  could  lead  to  claims  for  damages  from  our  customers,  penalties,  termination  of  contracts  and  other  adverse  consequences.  Any  such  damages,  penalties,
disruptions or limitations in our ability to do business with government entities could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Government entities often require highly specialized contract terms that may differ from our standard arrangements. For example, if the federal government provides
grants to certain state and local governments for our solutions, and such governments do not continue to receive these grants, then these customers have the ability to terminate
their contracts with us without penalty. Government entities often impose compliance requirements that are complicated, require preferential pricing or “most favored nation”
terms and conditions, or are otherwise time-consuming and expensive to satisfy. Compliance with these special standards or satisfaction of such requirements could compl icate
our efforts to obtain business or increase the cost of doing so. Even if we do meet these special standards or requirements, the increased costs associated with providing our
solutions to government customers could harm our margins. Additionally, eve n once we have secured a government contract, the renewal process can be lengthy and as time-
consuming as the initial sale, and we may be providing our service for months past the contract expiration date without certainty if the renewal agreement will be signed or not.

Changes in the underlying regulatory conditions, political landscape or required procurement procedures that affect these types of customers could be introduced prior
to the completion of our sales cycle, making it more difficult or costly to finalize a contract with a new customer or expand or renew an existing customer relationship. For
example,  customers  may  require  a  competitive  bidding  process  with  extended  response  deadlines,  review  or  appeal  periods,  or  customer  attention  may  be  diverted  to  other
government  matters,  postponing  the  consideration  of  the  purchase  of  our  products.  Such  delays  could  harm  our  ability  to  provide  our  solutions  efficiently  and  to  grow  or
maintain our customer base.

If we are unable to maintain and expand coverage of our existing public safety customer accounts and further penetrate the public safety market, our revenues may not
grow.

Our ability to increase revenues will depend in large part on our existing public safety solution customers renewing their annual subscriptions and expanding their
mileage coverage, or purchasing and implementing our ShotSpotter Missions solutions. Most of our ShotSpotter Flex customers begin using our solution in a limited coverage
area.  Our  experience  has  been,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  be,  that  after  the  initial  implementation  of  our  solutions,  our  new  customers  typically  renew  their  annual
subscriptions,  and  many  also  choose  to  expand  their  coverage  area.  If  our  existing  customers  do  not  renew  their  subscriptions,  our  revenues  may  decrease.  However,  some
customers may choose to not renew or reduce their coverage. For example, as a result of widespread destruction caused by hurricanes in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands,
in September 2017, we discontinued our service to our customers in coverage areas in those locations and we classified the contracts as expired because the customers were no
longer  live. At  the  time,  the  Housing Authority  of  Puerto  Rico  had  been  one  of  our  largest  customers.  If  other  existing  customers  do  not  choose  to  renew  or  expand  their
coverage areas, our revenues will not grow as we anticipate.

Our ability to further penetrate the market for our public safety solutions depends on several factors, including: maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction and a
strong  reputation  among  law  enforcement;  increasing  the  awareness  of  our  ShotSpotter  Flex  and  ShotSpotter  Missions  solutions  and  their  benefits;  the  effectiveness  of  our
marketing programs; the availability of funding to our customers; and the costs of our solutions. Some potential public safety customers may be reluctant or unwilling to use
our  solution  for  a  number  of  reasons,  including  concerns  about  additional  costs,  unwillingness  to  expose  or  lack  of  concern  regarding  the  extent  of  gun  violence  in  their
community, uncertainty regarding the reliability and security of cloud-based offerings or lack of awareness of the benefits of our public safety solutions. If we are unsuccessful
in  expanding  the  coverage  of  ShotSpotter  Flex  by  existing  public  safety  customers  or  adding  new  ShotSpotter  Flex  and  ShotSpotter  Missions  public  safety  customers,  our
revenues and growth prospects would suffer.

If we are unable to sell our solutions into new markets, our revenues may not grow.

Part of our growth strategy depends on our ability to increase sales of our security solutions and add new customers for our public safety solution in markets outside of
the United States. Our security solutions include ShotSpotter Missions, ShotSpotter Labs, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure. We are focused on expanding
the sales of these solutions into new markets, but customers in these new markets may not be receptive or sales may be delayed beyond our expectations, causing our revenues
growth and growth prospects to suffer.

20

 Our ability to successfully face these challenges depends on several factors, including increasing the awareness of our solutions and their benefits; the effectiveness of
our marketing programs; the costs of our solutions; our ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel; and our ability to develop relationships with
communication carriers and other partners. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our solutions into new markets, new markets for our solutions might not develop
or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our revenues and growth prospects.

Our sales cycle can be lengthy, time-consuming and costly, and our inability to successfully complete sales could harm our business.

Our  sales  process  involves  educating  prospective  customers  and  existing  customers  about  the  use,  technical  capabilities  and  benefits  of  our  solutions.  Prospective
customers, especially government agencies, often undertake a prolonged evaluation process that may last up to nine months or more and that typically involves comparing the
benefits of our solutions to alternative uses of funds. We may spend substantial time, effort and money on our sales and marketing efforts without any assurance that our efforts
will produce any sales.

Additionally, events affecting our customers’ budgets or missions may occur during the sales cycle that could negatively impact the size or timing of a purchase after
we have invested substantial time, effort and resources into a potential sale, contributing to more unpredictability in the growth of our business. If we are unable to succeed in
closing sales with new and existing customers, our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

Changes in the availability of federal funding to support local law enforcement efforts could impact our business.

Many of our customers rely to some extent on funds from the U.S. federal government in order to purchase and pay for our solutions. Any reduction in federal funding
for local law enforcement efforts could result in our customers having less access to funds required to continue, renew, expand or pay for our solutions. For example, changes in
policies with respect to “sanctuary cities” may result in a reduction in federal funds available to our current or potential customers. If federal funding is reduced or eliminated
and our customers cannot find alternative sources of funding to purchase our solutions, our business will be harmed.

If our business does not grow as we expect, or if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our operating results and business prospects would suffer.

Our ability to successfully grow our business depends on a number of factors including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

accelerate our acquisition of new customers;

further sell expansions of coverage areas to our existing customers;

expand our international footprint;

expand into new vertical markets, such as our ShotSpotter Missions, and our security solutions;

increase awareness of the benefits that our solutions offer; and

maintain our competitive and technology leadership position.

As usage of our solutions grows, we will need to continue to make investments to develop and implement new or updated solutions, technologies, security features and
cloud-based infrastructure operations. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including the suppliers of our
detection equipment and customer support services, to serve our growing customer base. Any failure of, or delay in, these efforts could impair the performance of our solutions
and reduce customer satisfaction.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Further, our growth could increase quickly and place a strain on our managerial, operational, financial and other resources, and our future operating results depend to
a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. To manage our growth successfully, we will need to continue to invest in sales and
marketing, research and development, and general and administrative functions and other areas. We are likely to recognize the  costs associated with these investments earlier
than receiving some of the anticipated benefits, and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect, which could adversely affect
our operating results.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions or upgrades to our existing
solutions, satisfy customer requirements, maintain the quality and security of our solutions or execute on our business plan, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business is dependent upon our ability to deploy and deliver our solutions, and the failure to meet our customers’ expectations could harm our reputation, which may
have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Promoting and demonstrating the utility of our solutions as useful, reliable and important tools for law enforcement and security personnel is critical to the success of
our business. Our ability to secure customer renewals and enter into new customer contracts is dependent on our reputation and our ability to deliver our solutions effectively.
We believe that our reputation among police departments using ShotSpotter Flex is particularly important to our success. Our ability to meet customer expectations will depend
on a wide range of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and accurate gunshot detection and gunshot deterrence services, and precision policing software and
solutions;

our ability to maintain continuous monitoring during high outdoor-noise activity periods such as New Year’s Day, the Fourth of July and Cinco de Mayo,
and Carnival for international deployments;

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction, including meeting our SLA standards;

the perceived value and quality of our solutions;

differences in opinion regarding the metrics that measure the success of our solutions;

our ability to successfully communicate the unique value proposition of our solutions;

our ability to provide high-quality customer support;

any misuse or perceived misuse of our solutions;

interruptions, delays or attacks on our platform;

litigation- or regulation-related developments; and

damage to or degradation of our sensors or sensor network by third parties.

Furthermore,  negative  publicity,  whether  or  not  justified,  relating  to  events  or  activities  attributable  to  us,  our  solutions,  our  employees,  our  partners  or  others
associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation. Damage to our reputation may reduce demand for our solutions and would likely have a material adverse effect
on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  Moreover,  any  attempts  to  rebuild  our  reputation  may  be  costly  and  time-consuming,  and  such  efforts  may  not
ultimately be successful.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, performance issues due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software
errors, intentional or accidental damage to our technology (including sensors), website or third-party hosting disruptions or capacity constraints due to a number of potential
causes including technical failures, natural disasters or security attacks. If our security is compromised, our platform is unavailable or our users are unable to receive our alerts
or otherwise communicate with our IRC, within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business could be negatively affected. In some instances, we may not be able to
identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 In addition, our IRC is located in a single facility. Although the functions of our IRC can be performed remotely, any interruption or delay in service from our IRC,
such as from a communications or power outage, could limit our ability deliver our solutions. In addition, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the
performance of our solutions, especially during peak usage times as the capacity of our IRC operations reaches its limits. If there is an interruption or delay in service from our
IRC  and  a  gunshot  is  detected  but  not  reviewed  in  the  allotted  time,  our  software  will flag  the  incident  for  off  line  review.  This  may  result  in  delayed  notifications  to  our
customers and as a result, we could experience a decline in customer satisfaction with our solutions and our reputation and growth prospects could be harmed.

We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the performance of our solutions. To the extent that we do not effectively address
capacity  constraints,  upgrade  our  systems  as  needed  and  continually  develop  our  technology  to  accommodate  actual  and  anticipated  changes  in  technology,  our  business,
operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We rely on wireless carriers to provide access to wireless networks through which our acoustic sensors communicate with our cloud-based backend and with which we
provide our notification services to customers, and any interruption of such access would impair our business.

We rely on wireless carriers, mainly AT&T and Verizon, to provide access to wireless networks for machine-to-machine data transmissions, which are an integral part
of our services. Our wireless carriers may suspend wireless service to expand, maintain or improve their networks. These wireless carriers perform routine maintenance and
periodic software and firmware updates that may damage our sensors or make them inoperable. Any suspension or other interruption of services would adversely affect our
ability to provide our services to our customers and may adversely affect our reputation. In addition, the terms of our agreements with these wireless carriers provide that either
party can cancel or terminate the agreement for convenience with 90 days’ notice. If one of our wireless carriers were to terminate its agreement with us, we would need to
source a different wireless carrier and/or modify our equipment during the notice period in order to minimize disruption in the performance of our solutions. Price increases or
termination by our wireless carriers or changes to existing contract terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Natural disasters, infectious disease outbreaks, power outages or other events impacting us or our customers could harm our operating results and financial condition.

We recognize revenue on a subscription basis as our solutions are provided to our customers over time. If our services are disrupted due to natural disasters, power
outages or other events that we cannot control, as happened when hurricanes hit Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands in 2017, we may not be able to continue providing our
solutions as expected.

When we stop providing coverage, we also stop recognizing revenues as a result of the affected subscription agreement. If we are forced to discontinue our services
due to natural disasters, power outages and other events outside of our control, our revenues may decline, which would negatively impact our results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, we may face liability for damages caused by our sensors in the event of heavy weather or other natural disasters. We may also incur additional costs to
repair or replace installed sensor networks damaged by heavy weather, hurricanes or other natural disasters.  

 Any of our facilities or operations may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, wildfires,
floods, nuclear disasters, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, and power outages, which may render it difficult or
impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time or decrease productivity. For example, our IRC and a data center that hosts some of our customer services are
located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require
substantial time. In addition, like many companies, we have recently implemented a work from home policy as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This policy may negatively
impact  productivity. Any  disruptions  in  our  operations  could  negatively  impact  our  business  and  operating  results,  and  harm  our  reputation.  In  addition,  we  may  not  carry
business insurance or may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the facilities of significant vendors, including the manufacturer of our proprietary

23

acoustic  sensor,  may  be  harmed  or rendered  inoperable  by  such  natural  or  man-made  disasters,  which  may  cause  disruptions,  difficulties  or  material  adverse  effects  on  our
business.

Real or perceived false positive gunshot alerts or failure or perceived failure to generate alerts for actual gunfire could adversely affect our customers and their operations,
damage our brand and reputation and adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

A false positive alert, in which a non-gunfire incident is reported as gunfire, could result in an unnecessary rapid deployment of police officers and first responders,
which may raise unnecessary fear among the occupants of a community or facility, and may be deemed a waste of police and first responder resources. A failure to alert law
enforcement or security personnel of actual gunfire (false negative) could result in a less rapid or no response by police officers and first responders, increasing the probability
of injury or loss of life. Both false positive alerts and the failure to generate alerts of actual gunfire (false negative) may result in customer dissatisfaction, potential loss of
confidence in our solutions, and potential liabilities to customers or other third parties, any of which could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business and operating
results. Additionally, the perception of a false positive alert or of a failure to generate an alert, even where our customers understand that our solutions were utilized correctly,
could lead to negative publicity or harm the public perception of our solutions, which could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Economic uncertainties or downturns, or political changes, could limit the availability of funds available to our customers and potential customers, which could materially
adversely affect our business.

Economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and operating results. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States
and  abroad,  including  conditions  resulting  from  changes  in  gross  domestic  product  growth,  financial  and  credit  market  fluctuations,  political  deadlock,  natural  catastrophes,
such as the devastation caused by the hurricanes in Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands, warfare, terrorist attacks and infectious disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, in the
United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in funds available to our customers and potential customers and negatively affect the rate of
growth of our business.

These economic conditions may make it extremely difficult for our customers and us to forecast and plan future budgetary decisions or business activities accurately,
and they could cause our customers to reevaluate their decisions to purchase our solutions, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned
purchases. Furthermore, during challenging economic times or as a result of political changes, our customers may tighten their budgets and face constraints in gaining timely
access to sufficient funding or other credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. In turn, we may be required to increase our
allowance for doubtful accounts, which would adversely affect our financial results.

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry, or the impact of
political changes. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate worsen from present levels, or if recent political changes result in less
funding being available to purchase our solutions, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We have not been profitable historically and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We  only  reached  our  first  full  year  of  net  income  in  2019;  prior  to  that,  we  posted  a  net  loss  in  each  year  since  inception. As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  an
accumulated deficit of $95.6 million. We are not certain whether we will be able to maintain high enough volume of sales of our solutions to sustain or increase our growth or
maintain  profitability  in  the  future.  We  also  expect  our  costs  to  increase  in  future  periods,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  future  operating  results  if  our  revenues  do  not
increase. In particular, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

•

•

•

sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales organization, both domestically and internationally;

research and development related to our solutions, including investments in our engineering and technical teams;

acquisition of complementary technologies or businesses, such as our acquisition of HunchLab technology in October 2018;

24

 
 
 
•

•

 continued international expansion of our business; and

general and administrative expenses, including legal and accounting expenses related to operating as a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenues or growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our revenues at a rate sufficient to offset the expected
increase in our costs, our business, operating results and financial position may be harmed, and we may not be able to maintain profitability over the long term. Additionally, we
may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our revenues growth
does not meet our expectations in future periods, our financial performance may be harmed, and we may not maintain profitability in the future.

We may require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and our inability to generate and obtain such capital on acceptable terms, or at all, could
harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We intend to continue to make substantial investments to fund our business and support our growth. In addition, we may require additional funds to respond to business
challenges,  including  the  need  to  develop  new  features  or  enhance  our  solutions,  improve  our  operating  infrastructure  or  acquire  or  develop  complementary  businesses  and
technologies. As  a  result,  in  addition  to  the  revenues  we  generate  from  our  business  and  our  existing  cash  balances,  we  may  need  to  engage  in  additional  equity  or  debt
financings to provide the funds required for these and other business endeavors. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our
existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our
common  stock. Any  debt  financing  that  we  may  secure  in  the  future  could  involve  restrictive  covenants  relating  to  our  capital  raising  activities  and  other  financial  and
operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be
able to obtain such additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require
it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected. In
addition, our inability to generate or obtain the financial resources needed may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations, which may have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The incurrence of debt may impact our financial position and subject us to additional financial and operating restrictions.

On September 27, 2018, we entered into a $10.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility with Umpqua Bank (the “Umpqua Credit Agreement”), which we

intend to use for general working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2019, we had no outstanding amounts due on nor any usage of the Umpqua Credit Agreement.

Under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, we are subject to various negative covenants that limit, subject to certain exclusions, our ability to incur indebtedness, make
loans, invest in or secure the obligations of other parties, pay or declare dividends, make distributions with respect to our securities, redeem outstanding shares of our stock,
create subsidiaries, materially change the nature of its business, enter into related party transactions, engage in mergers and business combinations, the acquisition or transfer of
Company assets outside of the ordinary course of business, grant liens or enter into collateral relationships involving company assets or reincorporate, reorganize or dissolve the
Company. These covenants could adversely affect our financial health and business and future operations by, among other things:

•

•

•

making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations, including under the terms of the Umpqua Credit Agreement;

limiting our ability to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us or at all;

limiting our flexibility to plan for and adjust to changing business and market conditions and increasing our vulnerability;

25

 
 
 
 
 
•

•

 limiting our ability to use our available cash flow to fund future acquisitions, working capital, business activities, and other general corporate requirements;
and

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital to fund growth or for general corporate purposes, even when necessary to maintain
adequate liquidity.

We are also required to maintain certain financial covenants tied to our leverage, interest charges and profitability. Our ability to meet such covenants (those negative
covenants  discussed  in  the  preceding  paragraph)  or  other  restrictions  can  be  affected  by  events  beyond  our  control,  and  our  failure  to  comply  with  the  financial  and  other
covenants would be an event of default under the Umpqua Credit Agreement. If an event of default under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, has occurred and is continuing, the
outstanding borrowings thereunder could become immediately due and payable, and we would then be required to cash collateralize any letters of credit then outstanding, and
the lender could refuse to permit additional borrowings under the facility. We cannot assure you that we would have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings and, if we are
unable to repay those amounts, the lender could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged substantially all of our assets as
collateral, and an event of default would likely have a material adverse effect on our business.

New competitors may enter the market for our public safety solution.

If cities and other government entities increase their efforts to reduce gun violence or our solutions gain visibility in the market, companies could decide to enter into
the public safety solution market and thereby increase the competition we face. In addition to other gunshot detection products, we also compete with other technologies and
solutions  targeting  our  public  safety  customers’  resources  for  law  enforcement  and  crime  prevention.  Our  competitors  could  benefit  from  the  disclosure  of  our  data  or
information concerning our techniques and processes due to legal or other obligations (for example, as a result of public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or
to testify in court). Because there are several possible uses for these limited budgetary resources, if we are not able to compete successfully for these limited resources, our
business may not grow as we expect, which could adversely impact our revenues and operating results.

The competitive landscape for our security solutions is evolving.

  The  market  for  security  solutions  for  university  campuses,  corporate  campuses  and  transportation  and  key  infrastructure  centers  includes  a  number  of  available
options,  such  as  video  surveillance  and  increased  human  security  presence.  Because  there  are  several  possible  uses  of  funds  for  security  needs,  we  may  face  increased
challenges in demonstrating or distinguishing the benefits of ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure. In particular, while we have seen growing interest in our
security solutions, interest in the indoor gunshot detection offering was limited, and as a result, in June 2018, we made the strategic decision to cease indoor coverage as part of
our  service  offering.  While  our  ShotSpotter  Missions  may  increase  sales  of  our  outdoor  detection  services,  we  may  face  challenges  in  demonstrating  or  distinguishing  the
benefits of ShotSpotter Missions’ development of crime forecasts and increased effectiveness of patrol resources.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance
of our solutions.

To increase total customers and customer coverage areas and to achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions, we will need to expand our sales and marketing
organization and increase our business development resources, including the vertical and geographic distribution of our sales force and our teams of account executives focused
on new accounts and responsible for renewal and growth of existing accounts.

Our business requires that our sales personnel have particular expertise and experience in working with law enforcement agencies, other government organizations and
higher education institutions. We may not achieve revenues growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel with
appropriate experience, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or if our sales and marketing programs are not
effective.

26

 
 
 Our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions, and our inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired technologies, assets or businesses may harm our financial results.
Future acquisitions of technologies, assets or businesses, which are paid for partially or entirely through the issuance of stock or stock rights, could dilute the ownership of
our existing stockholders.

We will evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets
in  the  future.  For  example,  in  October  2018,  we  acquired  the  HunchLab  technology  and  related  assets  from Azavea  Inc.  We  also  may  enter  into  relationships  with  other
businesses to expand our platform and applications, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in
other companies.

We believe that part of our continued growth will be driven by acquisitions of other companies or their technologies, assets, businesses and teams. The HunchLab

acquisition gives rise, and any acquisitions in the future that we complete will give rise, to risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

incurring higher than anticipated capital expenditures and operating expenses;

failing to assimilate the operations and personnel or failing to retain the key personnel of the acquired company or business;

failing to integrate the acquired technologies, or incurring significant expense to integrate acquired technologies, into our platform and applications;

disrupting our ongoing business;

diverting our management’s attention and other company resources;

failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and policies;

incurring significant accounting charges;

impairing relationships with our customers and employees;

finding that the acquired technology, asset or business does not further our business strategy, that we overpaid for the technology, asset or business or that
we may be required to write off acquired assets or investments partially or entirely;

failing to realize the expected synergies of the transaction;

being exposed to unforeseen liabilities and contingencies that were not identified prior to acquiring the company; and

being unable to generate sufficient revenues and profits from acquisitions to offset the associated acquisition costs.

Fully integrating an acquired technology, asset or business into our operations may take a significant amount of time. We may not be successful in overcoming these
risks or any other problems encountered with acquisitions. To the extent that we do not successfully avoid or overcome the risks or problems related to any such acquisitions,
our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Acquisitions also could impact our financial position and capital requirements, or could cause fluctuations in
our quarterly and annual results of operations. Acquisitions could include significant goodwill and intangible assets, which may result in future impairment charges that would
reduce our stated earnings. We may incur significant costs in our efforts to engage in strategic transactions and these expenditures may not result in successful acquisitions.

We expect that the consideration we might pay for any future acquisitions of technologies, assets, businesses or teams could include stock, rights to purchase stock,
cash or some combination of the foregoing. If we issue stock or rights to purchase stock in connection with future acquisitions, net income per share and then-existing holders of
our common stock may experience dilution.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The nature of our business exposes us to inherent liability risks.

Our solutions, including ShotSpotter Flex, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are designed to communicate real-time alerts of gunfire incidents to
police officers and first responders. Due to the nature of such applications, we are potentially exposed to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system
failures than may be inherent in other businesses. Although substantially all of our customer agreements contain provisions limiting our liability to our customers, we cannot be
certain that these limitations will be enforced or that the costs of any litigation related to actual or alleged omissions or failures would not have a material adverse effect on us
even if we prevail. Further, certain of our insurance policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages
or liability arising from gross negligence, or other issues, such as damages caused due to installation of our sensors on buildings owned by third parties, and we cannot assure
you that we are adequately insured against the risks that we face.

The nature of our business may result in undesirable press coverage or other negative publicity.

Our solutions are used to assist law enforcement and first responders in the event that gunfire is detected. Even when our solutions work as intended, the incidents
detected by our solutions could lead to injury, loss of life and other negative outcomes, and such events are likely to receive negative publicity. If we fail to detect an incident, or
if we detect an incident, such as a terrorist attack or active-shooter event, but the response time of law enforcement or first responders is not sufficiently quick to prevent injury,
loss of life, property damage or other adverse outcomes, we may receive negative media attention. At times, our data or information concerning our techniques and processes
may become a matter of public record due to legal or other obligations (for example, as a result of public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in
court), and we may receive negative media attention as a result.  

In addition, our solutions require that our customers monitor alerts and respond timely to notifications of gunshots. If our customers do not fully utilize our systems,
we  may  be  subject  to  criticism  and  unflattering  media  coverage  regarding  the  effectiveness  of  our  solutions  and  the  cost  of  our  solutions  to  our  customers.  Such  negative
publicity could have an adverse impact on new sales or renewals or expansions of coverage areas by existing customers, which would adversely impact our financial results and
future prospects.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our software could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

Because  our  software  is  complex,  undetected  errors,  failures  or  bugs  may  occur.  Our  software  is  often  installed  and  used  with  different  operating  systems,  system
management software, and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of our software or other aspects of the computing environment into
which it is deployed. In addition, deployment of our software into computing environments may expose undetected errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software.
Despite our testing, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our software until it is released to our customers. Moreover, our customers could incorrectly implement or
inadvertently misuse our software, which could result in customer dissatisfaction and adversely impact the perceived utility of our products as well as our brand. Any of these
real or perceived errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software could result in negative publicity, reputational harm, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our
software, loss of competitive position or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In any such event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or
other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to correct the problem. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures of our capital and other
resources  and  could  cause  interruptions  or  delays  in  the  use  of  our  solutions,  which  could  cause  us  to  lose  existing  or  potential  customers  and  could  adversely  affect  our
operating results and growth prospects.

28

  Interruptions or  delays  in  service  from  our  third-party  providers  could  impair  our  ability  to  make  our  solutions  available  to  our  customers,  resulting  in  customer
dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers, limited growth and reduction in revenues.

We currently use third-party data center hosting facilities to host certain components of our solutions. Our operations depend, in part, on our third-party providers’
abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or communications failures, cyber incidents, criminal acts and similar events. In
the event that any of our third-party facility arrangements is terminated, or if there is a lapse of service or damage to a facility, we could experience service interruptions in our
solutions as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects,
disruptions, cyber incidents or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation.

Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party providers could result in interruptions to our solutions. Despite precautions taken at our data centers, the
occurrence  of  spikes  in  usage  volume,  natural  disasters,  cyber  incidents,  acts  of  terrorism,  vandalism  or  sabotage,  closure  of  a  facility  without  adequate  notice  or  other
unanticipated  problems  could  result  in  lengthy  interruptions  in  the  availability  of  our  services.  Problems  faced  by  our  third-party  data  center  locations,  with  the  network
providers with whom they contract, or with the systems by which our communications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect
the experience of our customers. Interruptions in our services might cause us to issue refunds to customers and subject us to potential liability.

Further, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur in the event of damage or interruption, and therefore the occurrence
of any of the foregoing could subject us to liability, cause us to issue credits to customers or cause customers not to renew their subscriptions for our applications, any of which
could materially adversely affect our business.

If our security measures or those of our customers or third-party providers are compromised, or if unauthorized access to the data of our customers is otherwise obtained,
our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, our customers may be harmed and may curtail or cease their use of our solutions, our reputation may be damaged and
we may incur significant liabilities.

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of gunfire incident data, including date, time, address and GPS coordinates, occurring in our customer’s coverage
area. Security incidents, whether as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, technology impairment or failure, malfeasance or criminal activity, could result in
unauthorized access to, or loss or unauthorized disclosure of, this gunfire incident data, which could result in litigation expenses or damages, indemnity and other contractual
obligations and other possible liabilities, including but not limited to government fines and penalties and mitigation expenses, as well as negative publicity, which could damage
our reputation, impair our sales and harm our customers and our business. Cyber incidents and malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and providers of
cloud-based services have been targeted. If third parties with whom we work, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or our security policies, such violations
may also put our gunfire incident data at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, such a violation could expose the locations of our sensors,
including those sensors for which we obtained third-party consents that include confidentiality obligations. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain
unauthorized  access  or  to  sabotage  systems  because  such  techniques  change  frequently  and  often  are  not  detected  until  after  an  incident  has  occurred. As  we  increase  our
customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, third parties may increasingly seek to compromise our security controls or gain unauthorized access
to customer data or other sensitive information. Further, because of the nature of the services that we provide to our customers, we may be a unique target for attacks.

 Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security incidents or unauthorized transfers involving certain types of personal
data. In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security incident. Accordingly, security incidents experienced by our competitors, by our
customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived,
could  harm  our  reputation,  erode  customer  confidence  in  the  effectiveness  of  our  security  measures,  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  cause  existing
customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect
our business and operating results. Further, the costs of compliance with notification laws and contractual obligations may be significant and any requirement that we provide
such notifications as a result of an actual or alleged compromise could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

29

 While we maintain general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions, we cannot assure you that such coverage would be adequate or would
otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromise or loss of data, or that such coverage will continue to be available on acceptable
terms or at all.

We rely on the cooperation of customers and third parties to permit us to install our ShotSpotter sensors on their facilities, and failure to obtain these rights could increase
our costs or limit the effectiveness of our ShotSpotter Flex solution.

Our ShotSpotter Flex solution requires us to deploy ShotSpotter sensors in our customer coverage areas, which typically entails the installation of approximately 20 to
25 sensors per square mile. The ShotSpotter sensors are mounted on city facilities and third-party buildings, and occasionally on city or utility-owned light poles, and installing
the sensors requires the consent of the property owners, which can be time-consuming to obtain and can delay deployment. Generally, we do not pay a site license fee in order to
install our sensors, and our contractual agreements with these facility owners provide them the right to revoke permission to use their facility with notice of generally 60 days.

To the extent that required consents delay our ability to deploy our solutions or facility owners do not grant permission to use their facilities, revoke previously granted
permissions, or require us to pay a site license fee in order to install our sensors, our business may be harmed. If we were required to pay a site license fee in order to install
sensors,  our  deployment  expenses  would  increase,  which  would  impact  our  gross  margins.  If  we  cannot  obtain  a  sufficient  number  of  sensor  mounting  locations  that  are
appropriately dispersed in a coverage area, the effectiveness of our ShotSpotter Flex solution would be limited, we may need to reduce the coverage area of the solution, or we
may not be able to meet our service level requirements, any of which could result in customer dissatisfaction or have a material adverse impact on our reputation, our business
and our financial results.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation may suffer.

We offer customer support 24 hours a day, seven days a week, as well as training on best practices, forensic expertise and expert witness services. Providing these
services requires that our personnel have specific experience, knowledge and expertise, making it more difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and to scale up our support
operations. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. We may be unable to respond quickly enough
to  accommodate  short-term  increases  in  customer  demand  for  support  services  or  scale  our  services  if  our  business  grows.  Increased  customer  demand  for  these  services,
without corresponding revenues, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. If we do not help our customers use applications within our solutions and provide
effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional applications to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be
harmed.

Our  reliance  on  wireless  carriers  will  require  updates  to  our  technology,  and  making  such  updates  could  result  in  disruptions  in  our  service  or  increase  our  costs  of
operations.

Approximately  60%  of  our  installed  ShotSpotter  sensors  use  fourth-generation  Long-Term  Evolution  (“LTE”)  wireless  technology  and  40%  use  third-generation
(“3G”) cellular communications. Our US wireless carriers have advised us that they will discontinue their 3G services in the future and our ShotSpotter sensors will not be able
to  transmit  on  these  networks. As  a  result,  we  will  have  to  upgrade  the  sensors  that  use  3G  cellular  communications  at  no  additional  cost  to  our  customers  prior  to  the
discontinuation  of  3G  services. As  our  wireless  carriers  phase  out  their  3G  services  or  make  changes  to  their  spectrum  allocation,  we  may  experience  reduced  service
performance, which may require us to replace our 3G sensors sooner than planned. Originally, we had expected to start incurring costs to do so mid-2020 through 2022. We
have begun plans to replace sensors in certain geographic areas starting in early 2021. Accelerated bandwidth changes by our carriers may require us to continue to accelerate
the  upgrade  of  our  3G  sensors  prior  to  2021,  which  would  accelerate  the  costs  associated  with  the  upgrade. These  sensor  replacements  will  require  significant  capital
expenditures, which are estimated to be between $4.0 million and $6.0 million in total and may reduce our gross margins and also divert management’s attention and other
important resources away from our customer service and sales efforts for new customers.

30

 In the future, we may not be able to successfully implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies to changing market demands. If we are unable to adapt

timely to changing technologies, market conditions or customer preferences, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Concerns regarding privacy and government-sponsored surveillance may deter customers from purchasing our solutions.

Governmental agencies and private citizens have become increasingly sensitive to real or perceived government or third-party surveillance and may wrongly believe
that our outdoor sensors allow customers to listen to private conversations and monitor private citizen activity. Our sensors are not designed for “live listening” and are triggered
only at loud impulsive sounds that may likely be gunfire. However, perceived privacy concerns may result in negative media coverage and efforts by private citizens to persuade
municipalities, educational institutions or other potential customers not to purchase our solutions for their communities, campuses or facilities. In addition, laws may exist or be
enacted to address such concerns that could impact our ability to deploy our solutions. For example, the City of Toronto, Canada decided against using ShotSpotter solutions
because the Ministry of the Attorney General of Ontario indicated that it may compromise Section 8 of Canada’s Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which relates to unreasonable
search and seizure. If customers choose not to purchase our solutions due to privacy or surveillance concerns, then the market for our solutions may develop more slowly than
we expect, or it may not achieve the growth potential we expect, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

 We rely on a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers, and our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors are manufactured by a single contract manufacturer.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers. In particular, we use a single manufacturer, with which we have no long-term contract and from
which we purchase on a purchase-order basis, to produce our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors. Our reliance on a sole contract manufacturer increases our risks since we do not
currently have any alternative or replacement manufacturers, and we do not maintain a high volume of inventory. In the event of an interruption from a contract manufacturer,
we may not be able to develop alternate or secondary sources without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Furthermore, these risks could materially and
adversely  affect  our  business  if  our  contract  manufacturer  is  impacted  by  a  natural  disaster  or  other  interruption  at  a  particular  location  because  each  of  our  contract
manufacturers produces our products from a single location. Although our contract manufacturer has alternative manufacturing locations, transferring manufacturing to another
location may result in significant delays in the availability of our sensors. Also, many standardized components used broadly in our sensors are manufactured in significant
quantities  in  concentrated  geographic  regions,  particularly  in  Greater  China. As  a  result,  protracted  regional  crises,  such  as  the  recent  outbreak  of  the  COVID-19  disease  in
Greater China, could lead to eventual shortages of necessary components. It could be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or
to change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could create delays in
component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products.

Many of the key components used to manufacture our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors also come from limited or sole sources of supply. Our contract manufacturer
generally purchases these components on our behalf, and we do not have any long-term arrangements with our suppliers. We are therefore subject to the risk of shortages and
long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our products. In addition, the lead times associated with
certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-
consuming, difficult, and costly, and we or our suppliers may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our
ability to fill our orders in a timely manner.

31

 If we experience significantly increased demand, or if we need to replace an existing supplier or contract manufacturer, we may be unable to supplement or replace
such  supply  or  contract  manufacturing  on  terms  that  are  acceptable  to  us,  which  may  undermine  our  ability  to  deliver  our  products  to  customers  in  a  timely  manner.  For
example, for our ShotSpotter sensors, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a contract manufacturer that has the capability and resources to build the sensors to our
specifications.  Identifying  suitable  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers  is  an  extensive  process  that  requires  us  to  become  satisfied  with  their  quality  control,  technical
capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical practices. Accordingly, the loss of any key  supplier or contract
manufacturer could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions use third-party software and services that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our solutions that could lead to a loss of customers or harm
to our reputation and our operating results.

We license third-party software and depend on services from various third parties for use in our solutions. In the future, such software or services may not be available
to  us  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  or  at  all. Any  loss  of  the  right  to  use  any  of  the  software  or  services  could  result  in  decreased  functionality  of  our  solutions  until
equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. In addition, any
errors  or  defects  in  or  failures  of  the  third-party  software  or  services  could  result  in  errors  or  defects  in  our  solutions  or  cause  our  solutions  to  fail,  which  could  harm  our
business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have
additional liability to our customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software and service providers, and obtain from such providers software and services that do not contain

any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver effective products to our customers and could harm our operating results.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with applications that our customers use, our business could suffer.

Some of our customers choose to integrate our solutions with certain other systems used by our customers, such as real-time crime center platforms or computer-aided
dispatch  systems.  The  functionality  and  popularity  of  our  solutions  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  integrate  our  solutions  these  systems.  Providers  of  these  systems  may
change the features of their technologies, restrict our access to their applications or alter the terms governing use of their applications in an adverse manner. Such changes could
functionally  limit  or  terminate  our  ability  to  use  these  technologies  in  conjunction  with  our  solutions,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  customer  service  and  harm  our
business. If we fail to integrate our solutions with applications that our customers use, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, and our customers
may not renew their agreements, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenues and adversely impact our business.

 We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and our actual or perceived
failure to comply  with  such  obligations  could  harm  our  business.  Compliance  with  such  laws  could  impair  our  efforts  to  maintain  and  expand  our  customer  base,  and
thereby decrease our revenues.

Our  outdoor  sensors  are  acoustic  devices  that  are  designed  to  recognize  impulsive  sounds  that  are  likely  to  be  gunfire.  ShotSpotter  sensors  do  not  use  high  gain,

directional or other specialized microphones.

The sensors do not have the ability to live stream audio. Typically, sounds, noises or voices captured on the secure sensors are cached temporarily but are written over
and permanently deleted within 30 hours. When a sensor is triggered by an impulsive sound, it creates a potential gunshot “incident” that contains a recording, which includes
no more than one second before the incident and one second after the incident. This incident audio snippet is preserved indefinitely for potential evidentiary use.

32

  There  is  the  potential  to  include  human  voices  that  occur  at  the  same  time  as  the  gunshot  in  these  incident  audio  snippets.  We  retain  incident  audio  snippets
indefinitely as evidence. We also use information collected to support, expand and improve our software algorithms as well as our gunfire detection and notification methods.
Sensors are often installed in densely populated urban areas. They are not designed  or  tuned  to  capture  human  voices,  but  it  is  possible  they  could  pick  up  a  human  voice.
Human  voices  are  not  impulsive  and  do  not  typically  trigger  the  sensors,  and  unless  accompanied  by  an  impulsive  sound  no  audio  snippet  would  be  transmitted  out  of  the
sensor and preserved as an incident audio snippet. The human voice would be temporarily cached on the sensor for 30 hours and would then be written over and permanently
deleted. Information collected from loud impulsive sounds ("incidents") is used to provide information to our customers regarding those incidents, but shared information is
limited, by both our technology and our privacy policies, to the audit snippet containing the incident.

 Our handling and  storage  of  data  is  subject  to  a  variety  of  laws  and  regulations,  including  regulation  by  various  government  agencies  and  various  state,  local  and
foreign  agencies.  The  U.S.  federal  and  various  state  and  foreign  governments  have  adopted  or  proposed  legislation  that  regulates  the  monitoring  and  collection  of  personal
information  of  individuals  and  that  mandates  security  requirements  with  respect  to  certain  personally  identifiable  information.  In  the  United  States,  the  Federal  Trade
Commission and numerous state attorneys general are imposing standards for the online collection, distribution, use and storage of data by applying federal and state consumer
protection laws. The lack of a clear and universal standard for protecting such information means, however, that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner
that is inconsistent from one j urisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with privacy or
security  laws,  policies,  legal  obligations  or  industry  standards  or  any  security  incident  that  results  in  the  unauthorized  release  or  transfer  of  sensitive  corporate  information,
personally identifiable information or other customer data may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties and/or adverse publicity, and could
cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

California  enacted  the  California  Consumer  Privacy Act  (the  “CCPA”),  which  became  operative  on  January  1,  2020.  The  CCPA  requires  covered  companies  to,
among other things, provide new disclosures to California consumers, and affords such consumers new abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA is
the  subject  of  proposed  regulations  of  the  California Attorney  General  that  were  released  on  October  10,  2019  but  have  yet  to  be  finalized. Aspects  of  the  CCPA  and  its
interpretation remain unclear at this time. We cannot fully predict the impact of the CCPA on our business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data processing
practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply.

   Some proposed laws or regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security are in their early stages, and we cannot yet determine how these laws
a nd regulations may be interpreted nor can we determine the impact these proposed laws and regulations, may have on our business. Such proposed laws and regulations may
require companies to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform
individuals  of  security  breaches  that  affect  their  personal  information,  and,  in  some  cases,  obtain  individuals’  consent  to  use  personal  information  for  certain  purposes.  In
addition, a foreign government could require that any personal information collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we may not be currently
equipped to comply with such a requirement. Our failure to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulators could harm our ability to successfully
operate our business and pursue our business goals.

33

 
 Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly due to a wide range of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict.

Our  revenues  and  results  of  operations  could  vary  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  as  a  result  of  various  factors,  many  of  which  are  outside  of  our  control,

including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the expansion or contraction of our customer base;

the renewal or nonrenewal of subscription agreements with, and expansion of coverage areas by, existing customers;

the size, timing, terms and deployment schedules of our sales to both existing and new customers;

the introduction of products or services that may compete with us for the limited funds available to our customers, and changes in the cost of such products
or services;

changes in our customers’ and potential customers’ budgets;

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

our ability to hire, train and maintain our direct sales force;

the timing of satisfying revenues recognition criteria in connection with initial deployment and renewals;

fluctuations in our effective tax rate; and

general economic and political conditions, both domestically and internationally.

Any one of these or other factors discussed elsewhere in this report may result in fluctuations in our revenues and operating results, meaning that quarter-to-quarter

comparisons of our revenues, results of operations and cash flows may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance.

Because of the fluctuations described above, our ability to forecast revenues is limited and we may not be able to accurately predict our future revenues or results of
operations. In addition, we base our current and future expense levels on our operating plans and sales forecasts, and our operating expenses are expected to increase in the short
term. Accordingly, we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for an unexpected shortfall in revenues, and even a small shortfall in revenues could
disproportionately and adversely affect our financial results for that quarter. The variability and unpredictability of these and other factors could result in our failing to meet or
exceed financial expectations for a given period.

Because  we  generally  recognize  our  subscription  revenues  ratably  over  the  term  of  our  contract  with  a  customer,  fluctuations  in  sales  will  not  be  fully  reflected  in  our
operating results until future periods.

 Our revenues are primarily generated from subscriptions to our solutions. With the exception of a small number of legacy customers, our customers do not have the
right  to  take  possession  of  our  equipment  or  software  platform.  Revenues  from  subscriptions  to  our  software  platform   is  recognized  ratably  over  the  subscription  period
beginning on the date that the subscription is made available to the customer, which we refer to as the “go-live” date. Our agreements with our customers typically range from
one to five years. As a result, much of the revenues that we report in each quarter are attributable to agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in
sales, customer renewals or market acceptance of our solutions in any one quarter would not necessarily be fully reflected in the revenues in that quarter, and would negatively
affect our revenues and profitability in future quarters. This ratable revenues recognition also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in
any period, as revenues from new customers generally are recognized over the applicable agreement term. Our subscription-based approach may result in uneven recognition of
revenues.

We  recognize  subscription  revenues  over  the  term  of  a  subscription  agreement.  Once  we  enter  into  a  contract  with  a  customer,  there  is  a  delay  until  we  begin
recognizing revenues while we survey the coverage areas, obtain any required consents for installation, and install our sensors, which together can take up to several months or
more. We begin recognizing revenues from a sale only when all of these steps are complete and the solution is live.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 While most of our customers elect to renew their subscription agreements following the expiration of a term, in some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper
approvals  or  funding  to  complete  the  renewal  prior  to  such  expiration.  For  these  customers,  we  stop  recognizing  subscription  revenues  at  the  end  of  the  current  term,  even
though we may continue to provide services for a period of time while the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal is complete, we then recognize subscription revenues
for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process.

The variation in the timeline for deploying our solutions and completing renewals may result in fluctuations in our revenues, which could cause our results to differ
from projections. Additionally, while we generally invoice for 50% of the contract cost upon a customer’s go-live date, our cash flows may be volatile and will not match our
revenues recognition.

 We are in the process of expanding our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.

We currently operate in limited number of locations outside the United States. A key component to our business strategy is to expand our international operations to
increase  our  revenues  from  customers  outside  of  the  United  States  as  part  of  our  growth  strategy.  Operating  in  international  markets  requires  significant  resources  and
management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks in addition to those we already face in the United States. In addition, we will need to invest
time and resources in understanding the regulatory framework and political environments of our potential customers overseas in order to focus our sales efforts. Because such
regulatory and political considerations are likely to vary across jurisdictions, this effort will require additional time and attention from our sales team and could lead to a sales
cycle that is longer than our typical process for sales in the United States. We also may need to hire additional employees and otherwise invest in our international operations in
order  to  reach  new  customers.  Because  of  our  limited  experience  with  international  operations  as  well  as  developing  and  managing  sales  in  international  markets,  our
international expansion efforts may be delayed or may not be successful.

In addition, we face and will continue to face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the potential impact of currency exchange fluctuations;

the need to comply with local data residency requirements;

the availability and reliability of local data centers and internet bandwidth providers;

the difficulty of staffing and managing international operations and the increased operations, travel, shipping and compliance costs associated with having
customers in numerous international locations;

potentially greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

the availability of coverage by wireless carriers in international markets;

higher or more variable costs associated with wireless carriers and other service providers;

the need to offer customer support in various languages;

challenges  in  understanding  and  complying  with  local  laws,  regulations  and  customs  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  including  laws  regarding  privacy  and
government surveillance;

export  controls  and  economic  sanctions  administered  by  the  Department  of  Commerce  Bureau  of  Industry  and  Security  and  the  Treasury  Department’s
Office of Foreign Assets Control;

compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010;

tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules;

more limited protection for our intellectual property in some countries;

adverse or uncertain tax consequences as a result of international operations;

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

 currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit our conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars;

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

deterioration of political relations between the United States and other countries; and

political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region in which we operate, which could have an adverse impact on our operations
in that location.

Also, we expect that due to costs related to our international expansion efforts and the increased cost of doing business internationally, we will incur higher costs to
secure  sales  to  international  customers  than  the  comparable  costs  for  domestic  customers. As  a  result,  our  financial  results  may  fluctuate  as  we  expand  our  operations  and
customer base worldwide.

Our  failure  to  manage  any  of  these  risks  successfully  could  harm  our  international  operations,  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial

condition.

We  are  dependent  on  the  continued  services  and  performance  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel,  the  loss  of  any  of  whom  could  adversely  affect  our
business.

Our  future  success  depends  in  large  part  on  the  continued  contributions  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel.  In  particular,  the  leadership  of  key
management  personnel  is  critical  to  the  successful  management  of  our  company,  the  development  of  our  products,  and  our  strategic  direction.  We  also  depend  on  the
contributions of key technical personnel.

We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any member of our senior management team or any of our other key  employees.  Our  senior  management  and  key
personnel are all employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time, for any reason and without notice. The loss of any
of our key management personnel could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives and adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain additional qualified personnel, including top technical talent, our business could be adversely affected.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to identify, attract, integrate and retain highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and other personnel. We face intense
competition  for  qualified  individuals  from  numerous  other  companies,  including  other  software  and  technology  companies,  many  of  whom  have  greater  financial  and  other
resources  than  we  do.  Some  of  these  characteristics  may  be  more  appealing  to  high-quality  candidates  than  those  we  have  to  offer.  In  addition,  new  hires  often  require
significant  training  and,  in  many  cases,  take  significant  time  before  they  achieve  full  productivity.  We  may  incur  significant  costs  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,
including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or
other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Moreover, new employees may not be or become as productive as we expect, as
we  may  face  challenges  in  adequately  or  appropriately  integrating  them  into  our  workforce  and  culture.  If  we  are  unable  to  attract,  integrate  and  retain  suitably  qualified
individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our business will be adversely affected.

Volatility  or  lack  of  positive  performance  in  our  stock  price  may  also  affect  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  our  key  employees.  Many  of  our  senior  management
personnel and other key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if
the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise
prices  of  the  options,  or,  conversely,  if  the  exercise  prices  of  the  options  that  they  hold  are  significantly  above  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  If  we  are  unable  to
appropriately incentivize and retain our employees through equity compensation, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses in order to appropriately incentivize and
retain our employees, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

36

 
 
 
 
 We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit certain taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past activities, which could harm our business.

State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject
to varying interpretations that may change over time, particularly with respect to software-as-a-service products like our solutions. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding
tax  nexus  are  complex  and  vary  significantly.  If  one  or  more  jurisdictions  were  to  assert  that  we  have  failed  to  collect  taxes  for  sales  of  our  solutions,  we  could  face  the
possibility of tax assessments and audits. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we
have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales or otherwise harm our business and
operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2019, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $85.6 million, of which $80.6 million will expire between 2026
through 2038, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2019, we also had state NOLs of approximately $55.1 million, which will expire, if not utilized, in 2019 through 2038. These
federal and state NOLs may be available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(“the  Code”),  a  corporation  that  undergoes  an  “ownership  change”  is  subject  to  limitations  on  its  ability  to  utilize  its  NOLs  to  offset  future  taxable  income.  Past  or  future
changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, may have resulted or could result in an ownership change. State NOLs generated in one state cannot
be used to offset income generated in another state.

We may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims or to other legal requests, which could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise
negatively impact our business.

We may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims arising from our normal business activities. These may include claims, suits, and proceedings involving labor
and employment, wage and hour, commercial and other matters. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Any claims and lawsuits, and the
disposition of such claims and lawsuits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management attention and resources, and lead to attempts on the part of other
parties to pursue similar claims. Any adverse determination related to litigation could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively
impact our business. In addition, depending on the nature and timing of any such dispute, a resolution of a legal matter could materially affect our future operating results, our
cash flows or both.

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require us to pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,
could require us to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an unfavorable outcome on, any of the
matters referenced above or other litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We, or our customers, may be subject to requests for our data or information concerning our techniques and processes, pursuant to state or federal law (for example,
public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in court). This data and information, some of which we may deem to be confidential or trade secrets,
could therefore become a matter of public record and also become accessible by competitors, which could negatively impact our business.

  Changes in financial accounting standards may cause adverse and unexpected revenues fluctuations and impact our reported results of operations.

 The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  various  bodies  formed  to  promulgate  and  interpret  appropriate  accounting  principles.  In  addition,  many  companies’  accounting
disclosures are being subjected to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could
impact our financial statements.

37

   Cha nges to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward are difficult to predict, could have a significant effect on our
reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, were we to change our critical accounting
estimates,  including  the  timing  of  recognition  of  subscription  and  professional  services  revenues  and  other  revenues  sources,  our  results  of  operations  could  be  significantly
impacted.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect proprietary methods and technologies that we develop or license under patent and other intellectual property laws
of the United States, as well as our brands, so that we can prevent others from them. We rely on a combination of contractual and intellectual property rights, including non-
disclosure  agreements,  patents,  trade  secrets,  copyrights  and  trademarks,  to  establish  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  in  our  names,  services,  innovations,
methodologies and related technologies. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors might gain access to our technology and our business
might be adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2019, we had 32 U.S. patents directed to our technologies, as well as one granted patent in Israel and one granted patent in Mexico. The issued
patents expire on various dates from 2022 to 2034. We also license one patent from a third party, which expires in 2023. We have patent applications pending for examination
in the United States, Europe, Mexico and Brazil, but we cannot guarantee that these patent applications will be granted. We also license one other U.S. patent from one third
party. The patents that we own or those that we license from others (including those that may be issued in the future) may not provide us with any competitive advantages or
may be challenged by third parties.

The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a
reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating
to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain.

Any patents that are issued may subsequently be invalidated or otherwise limited, allowing other companies to develop offerings that compete with ours, which could
adversely  affect  our  competitive  business  position,  business  prospects  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  issuance  of  a  patent  does  not  guarantee  that  we  have  a  right  to
practice the patented invention. Patent applications in the United States are typically not published until 18 months after their earliest priority date or, in some cases, not at all,
and publications of discoveries in industry-related literature lag behind actual discoveries. We cannot be certain that third parties do not have blocking patents that could be
used to prevent us from marketing or practicing our software or technology.

Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available. The laws of some
foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States (in particular, some foreign jurisdictions do not permit patent protection
for  software),  and  mechanisms  for  enforcement  of  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  inadequate. Additional  uncertainty  may  result  from  changes  to  intellectual  property
legislation enacted in the United States, including the recent America Invents Act, or to the laws of other countries and from interpretations of the intellectual property laws of
the United States and other countries by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or
misappropriating our intellectual property.

We rely in part on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we endeavor to enter into
non-disclosure agreements with our employees, licensees and others who may have access to this information, we cannot assure you that these agreements or other steps we
have taken will prevent unauthorized use, disclosure or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, third parties may independently develop technologies or products that
compete with ours, and we may be unable to prevent this competition. Third parties also may seek access to our trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential
information through legal measures (for example, public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in court) and it could be expensive to defend against
those requests. Disclosure of our trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information could negatively impact our business.

38

 We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for
infringement of our proprietary rights or to establish the validity of our proprietary rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly
and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in any la wsuits  that  we
initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially viable. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could result in significant
expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which are extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit
our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks
and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies
have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation
may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenues and against which our patents may therefore provide little or no
deterrence.  We  may  have  previously  received,  and  may  in  the  future  receive,  notices  that  claim  we  have  misappropriated,  misused,  or  infringed  other  parties’  intellectual
property rights, and, to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims.

39

 
 There may be third-party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any
intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other
resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed  patents  or
copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the
intellectual property, which may not be available on a timely basis, on reasonable terms or at all. We also may be required to modify our products, services, internal systems or
technologies.  Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required
to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our
business,  we  would  be  forced  to  limit  or  stop  sales  of  our  software  and  may  be  unable  to  compete  effectively. Any  of  these  results  would  adversely  affect  our  business,
operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

Our use of open source software could subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our technologies incorporates open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software into our platform in the future. Few of
the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and their application to the open source software integrated into our proprietary technology
platform  may  be  uncertain.  If  we  fail  to  comply  with  these  licenses,  then  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  these  licenses,  we  may  be  subject  to  certain  requirements,  including
requirements that we make available the source code for our software that incorporates the open source software. We cannot assure you that we have not incorporated open
source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable licenses or our current policies and procedures. If an author or other third party
that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could incur significant legal expenses
defending against such allegations. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote
additional research and development resources to change our technology platform.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors.

The market price  of  our  common  stock  has  fluctuated  and  may  continue  to  fluctuate  significantly  in  response  to  numerous  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our

control, including the factors listed below and other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

failure  of  securities  analysts  to  initiate  or  maintain  coverage  of  our  company,  changes  in  financial  estimates  by  any  securities  analysts  who  follow  our
company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

changes in the availability of federal funding to support local law enforcement efforts, or local budgets;

announcements by us of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other software companies generally;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

changes in our board of directors or management;

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

 sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;

general economic conditions in the United States and abroad;  

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events; and

media misperception of our sales and customer relationships, including press announcements or media mentions of future sales that may be misleading or
inaccurate.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of
many  software  companies.  Stock  prices  of  many  software  companies  have  fluctuated  in  a  manner  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating  performance  of  those
companies. Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our
common stock. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it
could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition
and cash flows.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Certain holders of our shares of common stock have the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to include their shares of our common stock in registration
statements relating to our securities, including approximately 3.3 million shares that were registered in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-3 that became
effective on July 27, 2018, of which approximately 136,000 were sold in an underwritten registered secondary offering in March 2019. If the offer and sale of these shares are
registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. In addition, non-affiliates have the ability to sell shares of our common stock in the open
market  or  through  block  trades  without  subject  to  volume  restrictions  under  Rule  144  of  the  Securities Act.  In  addition,  in  the  future  we  may  issue  common  stock  or  other
securities if we need to raise additional capital. The number of new shares of our common stock issued in connection with raising additional capital could constitute a material
portion of the then outstanding shares of our common stock. In the event a large number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, such share sales could reduce
the trading price of our common stock.

Stock  repurchases  could  increase  the  volatility  of  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  and  diminish  our  cash  reserves,  and  we  cannot  guarantee  that  our  stock
repurchase program will enhance long-term stockholder value.

In May 2019, our board of directors adopted a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock. Although our board of directors has authorized
the stock repurchase program, it does not obligate us to repurchase any specific dollar amount or number of shares, there is no expiration date for the stock repurchase program,
and the stock repurchase program may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and for any reason. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased under the
stock repurchase program will depend on a variety of factors, including the acquisition price of the shares, our liquidity position, general market and economic conditions, legal
and regulatory requirements and other considerations. Our ability to repurchase shares may also be limited by restrictive covenants in our existing credit agreement or in future
borrowing arrangements we may enter into from time to time.

 Repurchases  of  our  shares  could  increase  the  volatility  of  the  trading  price  of  our  stock,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  trading  price  of  our  stock.
Similarly, the future announcement of the termination or suspension of the stock repurchase program, or our decision not to utilize the full authorized repurchase amount under
the stock repurchase program, could result in a decrease in the trading price of our stock. In addition, the stock repurchase program could have the impact of diminishing our
cash reserves, which may impact our ability to finance

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
our growth, complete acquisitions and execute our strategic plan. There can be no assurance that any shares repurchases we do elect to make will enhance stockholder value
because  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  decline  below  the  levels  at  which  we  repurchased  our  shares. Although  our  stock  repurchase  program  is  intend ed  to
enhance  long-term  stockholder  value,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  it  will  do  so  and  short-term  stock  price  fluctuations  could  reduce  the  effectiveness  of  the  stock  repurchase
program.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume
could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market
and  our  competitors.  We  do  not  have  any  control  over  these  analysts.  If  one  or  more  of  the  analysts  who  cover  us  downgrade  our  shares  of  common  stock  or  change  their
opinion of our shares of common stock, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports
on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common
stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), and we take advantage of certain exemptions from
various  reporting  requirements  that  are  applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  “emerging  growth  companies”  including,  but  not  limited  to,  not  being  required  to
comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic
reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden
parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although we will cease to be an “emerging growth company”
upon the earliest of (i) the last day of fiscal year 2022, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which
we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large
accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive or our
company less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there
may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we are incurring significant levels of legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We are subject
to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market, and other applicable
securities  rules  and  regulations.  Compliance  with  these  rules  and  regulations  increases  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs,  makes  some  activities  more  difficult,  time-
consuming or costly and increases demand on our systems and resources as compared to when we operated as a private company. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things,  that  we  file  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports  with  respect  to  our  business  and  operating  results.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and
procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  meet  this  standard,  significant  resources  and  management  oversight  may  be  required. As  a  result,  management’s
attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional corporate
employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more corporate employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which would increase our costs and
expenses.

 In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing
legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many
cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This
could result in continuing uncertainty regarding

42

compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources  to  comply  with  evolving  laws,
regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-
generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing
bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

As a result of disclosure of information in this report and in the filings that we are required to make as a public company, our business, operating results and financial
condition have become more visible, which has resulted in, and may in the future result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If any
such claims are successful, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in
our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, operating results
and financial condition.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we
will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at
the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to
realize any future gains on their investments.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a  change  of  control  or  changes  in  our  management.  Our

certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

provide that directors may only be removed for cause;

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders
at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits stockholders owning 15% or more
of our outstanding voting stock from merging or otherwise combining with us for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became a 15% stockholder
without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by
making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management, and otherwise
discourage management takeover attempts.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Our  certificate  of  incorporation  designates  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  as  the  exclusive  forum  for  certain  litigation  that  may  be  initiated  by  our
stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the
sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our
directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any
person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision. The forum
selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 Our certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint
asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.   However, on December 19, 2018, the Delaware Chancery Court issued an opinion invalidating this provision in the
certificates of incorporation of Delaware corporations. The Chancery Court held that a Delaware corporation can only use its constitutive documents to bind a plaintiff to a
particular forum where the claim involves rights or relationships established by or under Delaware’s corporate law. This case may be appealed to the Delaware Supreme Court.
In light of this recent court decision, on December 21, 2018 we announced that we do not currently intend to enforce the foregoing federal forum selection provision unless the
relevant court decision is appealed and the Delaware Supreme Court reverses the decision. If there is no appeal or if the Delaware Supreme Court affirms the Chancery Court’s
decision,  then  we  intend  to  seek  approval  by  our  stockholders  to  amend  our  certificate  of  incorporation  at  our  next  regularly-scheduled  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  to
remove the invalid provision.

  Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not Applicable.

  Item 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal facilities consist of office space for our corporate headquarters in Newark, California, where we occupy approximately 12,020 square feet of space under

a lease that expires in October 2021.

We  lease  our  facilities  and  do  not  own  any  real  property.  We  may  procure  additional  space  as  we  add  employees  and  expand  geographically.  We  believe  that  our
facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our
operations.

  Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On August  28,  2018,  Silvon  S.  Simmons  (the  “Plaintiff”)  amended  a  complaint  against  the  City  of  Rochester,  New  York  and  various  city  employees,  filed  in  the
United States District Court, Western District of New York, to add us and employees as a defendant. The amended complaint alleges conspiracy to violate the Plaintiff's civil
rights, denial of the right to a fair trial, and malicious prosecution. The Plaintiff claims that we colluded with the City of Rochester to fabricate and create gunshot alert evidence
to  secure  Plaintiff's  conviction.  On  the  basis  of  the  allegations,  the  Plaintiff  has  petitioned  for  compensatory  and  punitive  damages  and  other  costs  and  expenses,  including
attorney’s fees. We believe that the Plaintiff’s claims are without merit and are disputing them vigorously.

44

 We may become subject to legal proceedings, as well as demands and claims that arise in the normal course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement
of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, breach of contract, employment law violations, and other  matters  and  matters  involving  requests  for  information
from us or our customers under federal or state law. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources. We
make a provision for a liability relating to legal matters when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These
provisions  are  reviewed  and  adjusted  to  include  the  impacts  of  negotiations,  estimated  settlements,  legal  rulings,  advice  of  legal  counsel,  and  other  information  and  events
pertaining to a particular matter.

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require payment of substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,
could require us to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an unfavorable outcome on, any of the
matters referenced above or other litigation matters or legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.

 Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

45

   PART II

 Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information of Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SSTI” since June 7, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for

our common stock.

On February 28, 2020, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $35.60 per share. As of February 28, 2020, we
had approximately 90 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who
are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose
shares may be held in trust by other entities.

 Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for the operation and
expansion of our business and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of
our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payment of
dividends present in our future debt agreements, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Sale of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds

(a)

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

(b)

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table sets forth stock repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2019.

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)

Average Price
Paid per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as part of Publicly
Announced
Program

—    
137,824     $
—    
137,824    

—    
23.58    
—    

—     $
137,824     $
—     $

137,824    

Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the
Program
(in thousands)

11,534  
8,282  
8,282  

October 1, 2019- October 31, 2019
November 1, 2019- November 30, 2019
December 1, 2019- December 31, 2019

Total

(1)

All repurchases were made as part of our publicly announced stock repurchase program. In May 2019, we announced that our board of directors approved a stock
repurchase program, under which we were authorized to repurchase up to $15 million of our common stock. The repurchase program has no expiration date and may
be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time. For further information regarding our stock repurchase program, see Note 13 of the accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
(c)

  Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock

Our  initial  public  offering  of  common  stock  (the  “IPO”)  was  effected  through  a  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-217603),  which  was  declared
effective on June 6, 2017. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to
Rule 424(b) and other periodic reports previously filed with the SEC.

We used $13.7 million of the net proceeds from our IPO to repay outstanding indebtedness of $13.5 million, including early termination fees of $0.2 million, during

the quarter ending September 30, 2017. On October 3, 2018, we used $1.7 million of our IPO proceeds to fund the acquisition of HunchLab.

 Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Information  about  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity  compensation  plan  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Item  12  of  Part  III  of  this Annual

Report on Form 10-K.

47

 
  Item 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA.

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  together  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes,  as  well  as  the  information
found under the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this  Annual Report on Form
10-K. We derived the selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues (1)
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing (1)
Research and development (1)
General and administrative (1)
Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock
   warrant liability
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income (expense), net
Other expense, net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share, basic
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
Weighted average shares used in computing net income
   (loss) per share, basic
Weighted average shares used in computing net
   income (loss) per share, diluted

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands, except per share data)

2017

  $

40,752     $

34,753     $

16,409    
—    
16,409    
24,343    

9,989    
5,344    
7,415    
22,748    
1,595    

—    
—    
440    
(278 )  
1,757    
(41 )  
1,798     $
0.16     $
0.15     $

14,846    
686    
15,532    
19,221    

8,377    
4,987    
8,425    
21,789    
(2,568 )  

—    
—    
82    
(252 )  
(2,738 )  
(13 )  
(2,725 )   $
(0.26 )   $
(0.26 )   $

  $
  $
  $

23,763  

11,370  
793  
12,163  
11,600  

6,179  
4,159  
5,595  
15,933  
(4,333 )

(3,725 )
(479 )
(1,114 )
(169 )
(9,820 )
160  
(9,980 )
(1.61 )
(1.61 )

11,302,780    

10,569,007    

6,197,775  

11,846,348    

10,569,007    

6,197,775

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense:

Cost of revenues
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

Depreciation and amortization expense:

Cost of revenues
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total depreciation and amortization expense

Select Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable and contract assets
Total assets
Deferred revenue, current and non-current
Working capital (deficit)
Total stockholders' equity

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

  $

  $

  $

670     $
955    
365    
1,067    
3,057     $

4,787     $
61    
88    
46    
4,982     $

316     $
770    
272    
1,110    
2,468     $

3,752     $
65    
63    
37    
3,917     $

As of December 31,

2019

2018

(in thousands)

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

24,550     $
13,883     $
60,571     $
26,958     $
7,773     $
27,251     $

75  
133  
69  
351  
628  

3,027  
37  
35  
22  
3,121

10,218  
15,267  
47,119  
24,162  
(1,764 )
17,147

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Item  7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements are often identified by the use of words
such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or
similar expressions or variations. Such forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results
and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those identified herein, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors”, set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and in our other SEC filings. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements
speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after
the date of such statements.

Overview

We provide precision-policing and security solutions for law enforcement and security personnel to help deter gun violence and make cities, campuses and facilities
safer.  Our  flagship  public  safety  solution,  ShotSpotter  Flex,  is  the  leading  outdoor  gunshot  detection,  location  and  alerting  system.  Our  patrol  management  software,
ShotSpotter Missions (formerly HunchLab), creates crime forecasts designed to enable more precise and effective use of patrol resources to deter crime. In 2019, we created a
new  technology  innovation  unit,  ShotSpotter  Labs,  to  expand  our  efforts  supporting  innovative  uses  of  our  technology  to  help  protect  wildlife  and  the  environment.  Our
security  solutions,  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus  and  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  are  designed  to  help  law  enforcement  and  security  personnel  serving  universities,  corporate
campuses  and  key  infrastructure  or  transportation  centers  mitigate  risk  and  enhance  security  by  notifying  authorities  of  a  potential  outdoor  gunfire  incident,  saving  critical
minutes for first responders to arrive. Our gunshot detection solutions are trusted by law enforcement agencies in over 100 cities as of December 31, 2019.

Our gunshot detection solutions consist of highly-specialized, cloud-based software integrated with proprietary, internet-enabled sensors designed to detect outdoor
gunfire. The speed and accuracy of our gunfire alerts enable law enforcement and security personnel to reduce their response times to shooting events, which can increase the
chances  of  apprehending  the  shooter,  providing  timely  aid  to  victims,  and  identifying  witnesses  before  they  scatter,  as  well  as  aid  in  evidentiary  collection  and  serve  as  an
overall deterrent. When a potential gunfire incident is detected by our sensors, our system applies machine classification combined with human review to analyze and validate
the incident and precisely locate where the incident occurred. An alert containing a location on a map and critical information about the incident is sent directly to subscribing
law enforcement or security personnel through any internet-connected computer and to iPhone or Android mobile devices.

Our software sends validated gunfire data along with the audio of the triggering sound to our Incident Review Center (“IRC”), where our trained acoustic experts are
on duty 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year to screen and confirm actual gunfire incidents. Our acoustic experts can supplement alerts with additional tactical
information,  such  as  the  potential  presence  of  multiple  shooters  or  the  use  of  high-capacity  weapons.  Gunshot  incidents  reviewed  by  our  IRC  result  in  alerts  typically  sent
within 45 seconds of the receipt of the gunfire incident.

We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of ShotSpotter Flex on a per-square-mile basis. Our security solutions, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and
ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are typically sold on a subscription basis, each with a customized deployment plan. Our ShotSpotter Missions solution is also sold on a subscription
basis. As of December 31, 2019, we had ShotSpotter Flex, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure coverage areas under contract for approximately 760 square
miles,  of  which  730  square  miles  had  gone  live.  Coverage  areas  under  contract  included  104  cities  and  12  campuses/sites  across  the  United  States,  South Africa  and  the
Bahamas, including three of the ten largest cities in the United States. During the year ended December 31, 2019, one ShotSpotter SiteSecure customer became ShotSpotter
Flex customer. For the year ended December 31, 2019, substantially all of our revenues are attributable to customers based in the United States.

50

 
  While  we  intend  to  continue  to  devote  resources  to  increase  sales  of  our ShotSpotter  SecureCampus,  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  ShotSpotter  Labs  and  ShotSpotter
Missions solutions,  we  expect  that  revenues  from  our  ShotSpotter  Flex  solution  will  continue  to  comprise  a  substantial  majority  of  our  revenues for  the  foreseeable  future.
ShotSpotter Labs projects are generally conducted in coordination with a sponsoring charitable organization. These projects may or may not be revenue-producing. When they
are revenue-producing, they will generally be sold on a cost-plus basis. As such, ShotSpotter Labs projects will normally produce gross margins significantly lower than our
Flex solutions.

We enter into subscription agreements on a term basis that typically range from one to five years in duration, with the majority having a contract term of one year.
Substantially all of our sales are to governmental agencies and universities, which often undertake a prolonged contract evaluation process that affects the size or the timing of
our sales contracts and may likewise increase our customer acquisition costs. For a discussion of the risks associated with our sales cycle, see risks entitled “Our sales cycle can
be unpredictable, time-consuming and costly, and our inability to successfully complete sales could harm our business” and “Because we generally recognize our subscription
revenues ratably over the term of our contract with a customer, fluctuations in sales will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods” in Item 1A, Risk
Factors, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers  to  produce  components  of  our  solutions.  We  have  no  long-term  contracts  with  these
manufacturers and purchase from them on a purchase-order basis. Our outsourced manufacturers generally procure the components directly from third-party suppliers. Although
we use a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers, we believe that we could find alternate suppliers or manufacturers if circumstances required us to do so, in part
because a significant portion of the components required by our solutions is available off the shelf. For a discussion of the risks associated with our limited number of suppliers,
see  risk  entitled  “We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers,  and  our  proprietary  ShotSpotter  sensors  are  manufactured  by  a  single  contract
manufacturer” in Item 1A, Risk Factors, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We generated revenues of $40.8 million, $34.8 million and $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, representing a year-
over-year increases of 17% and 46%. For 2019, 2018, and 2017, revenues from ShotSpotter Flex represented approximately 96%, 97% and 98% of total revenues, respectively.
Our two current largest customers, The City of Chicago and the City of New York, each accounted for 20% and 14%, respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2019. The City of Chicago and the City of New York, each accounted for 22% and 15%, respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended December 31,
2018. The City of New York and Puerto Rico Housing Administration accounted for 18% and 7%, respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Substantially all of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were derived from customers within the United States (including Puerto Rico and the
U.S. Virgin Islands).

We had net income of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and had net losses of $2.7 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31,

2018, and 2017, respectively. Our accumulated deficit was $95.6 million and $97.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

In September 2017, we used $13.7 million from the net proceeds of our initial public offering to voluntarily repay outstanding indebtedness of $13.5 million and $0.2
million in prepayment fees under a promissory note (the “2015 Term Note”). In connection with this early extinguishment of debt, we wrote off $0.3 million of unamortized
debt issuance costs.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, we went “live” on 82, 168 and 114 net new square miles of coverage, respectively. In each case, the
increase in coverage was achieved through a combination of new customers and expansions with existing customers. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 71 miles out of
168 miles were due to expansion from a single customer. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the 114 net new square miles included the impact of a 33 coverage mile
reduction as a result of our discontinuation in service of Puerto Rico and the U.S Virgin Islands due to devastation caused by hurricanes.

51

 In  connection  with  the  cessation  of  our  service  with  Puerto  Rico  and  the  U.S.  Virgin  Islands,  we  classified our contracts with  them  expired,  stopped  recognizing
revenues and accelerated the deferred revenues related to setup fees under these contracts. Puerto Rico has returned as a customer with 16 miles already gone live at the end of
2019.

We have focused on rapidly growing our business and believe that its future growth is dependent on many factors, including our ability to increase our customer base,
expand  the  coverage  of  our  solutions  among  our  existing  customers,  expand  our  international  presence  and  increase  sales  of  our  security  solutions.  Our  future  growth  will
primarily depend on the market acceptance for outdoor gunshot detection solutions. Challenges we face in this regard include our target customers not having access to adequate
funding sources, the fact that contracting with government entities can be complex, expensive, and time-consuming and the fact that our typical sales cycle is often very long,
difficult to estimate accurately and can be costly. We expect international sales cycles to be even longer than our domestic sales cycles. To combat these challenges, we invest
in research and development, increase awareness of our solutions, invest in new sales and marketing campaigns, often in different languages for international sales, and hire
additional sales representatives to drive sales in order to continue to maintain our position as a market leader. In addition, we believe that entering into strategic partnerships with
other service providers to cities and municipalities offers another potential avenue for expansion, particularly for our ShotSpotter Flex solution.

We will also focus on expanding our business by introducing new products and services to existing customers such as ShotSpotter Missions and gaining new customers
for ShotSpotter Labs. We believe that developing and acquiring products for law enforcement in adjacent categories is a path for additional growth given our large and growing
installed base of police departments who trust ShotSpotter’s products, support and way of doing business. The ability to cross-sell new products provides an opportunity to grow
revenues per customer and lifetime value. Challenges we face in this area include ensuring our new products are reliable, integrated well with other ShotSpotter solutions and
priced  and  serviced  appropriately.  In  some  cases,  we  will  need  to  bring  in  new  skills  sets  to  properly  develop,  market,  sell  or  service  these  new  products  depending  on  the
categories they represent.

In  October  2018,  we  acquired  the  HunchLab  technology  and  related  assets  that  underline  our  ShotSpotter  Missions  solution.  ShotSpotter  Missions  applies  risk
modeling and artificial intelligence to help forecast when and where crimes are likely to emerge and recommends specific patrol missions and tactics that can deter these events.
The HunchLab technology provides a proven, high-value, and complementary solution we can immediately offer to our existing law enforcement customers. We believe our
investment will democratize the sharing of important intelligence with patrol officers who currently have limited direct access to crime analysts.

With respect to international sales, we believe that we have the potential to expand our coverage within South Africa and the Bahamas, and to pursue opportunities in
Latin America  and  other  regions  of  the  world.  By  adding  additional  sales  resources  in  strategic  locations,  we  believe  we  will  be  better  positioned  to  reach  these  markets.
However, we recognize that we have limited international operational experience and currently operate in a limited number of regions outside of the United States. Operating
successfully in international markets will require significant resources and management attention and will subject us to additional regulatory, economic and political risks. We
may  face  additional  challenges  that  may  delay  contract  execution  related  to  negotiating  with  governments  in  transition,  the  use  of  third-party  integrations  and  consultants.
Moreover, we anticipate that different political and regulatory considerations that vary across different jurisdictions could extend or make more difficult to predict the length of
what is already a lengthy sales cycle.

Initial Public Offering

In  June  2017,  we  completed  our  IPO  in  which  we  sold  3,220,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $11.00  per  share.  We  received  net  proceeds  of  $32.4

million, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, which was recorded to additional paid-in capital.

52

 As a result of the IPO:

•

•

•

•

all  outstanding  Series  B-1  convertible  preferred  stock  warrants  were  remeasured  at  fair  value  using  the  Black-Scholes  model,  resulting  in  a  loss  of  $3.7
million, which was recorded in other expense, net.

the entire balance of $5.7 million in convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital. All preferred stock warrants
were converted into common stock warrants. In addition, we issued to the lead underwriter in the IPO a warrant to purchase up to 84,000 shares of our
common  stock.  See  Note  15, Convertible  Preferred  Stock  Warrants  and  Common  Stock  Warrants,  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding the warrants.

all shares of the then-outstanding convertible preferred stock were converted into 4,689,753 shares of common stock. This resulted in a reclassification of
$42.1 million to additional paid-in capital.

offering costs incurred by us were approximately $1.9 million, excluding underwriting commissions and discounts, which was recorded to additional paid-in
capital.

 Key Business Metrics

We focus primarily on three key business metrics in order to measure our operational performance and inform strategic decisions. Revenue retention rate and sales and
marketing spend per $1.00 of new annualized contract value are each calculated annually. Net new “go-live” square miles is calculated on a quarterly basis. All of these metrics
are delivered using internal data and may be calculated in a manner different than similar metrics used by other companies.

Revenue retention rate
Sales and marketing spend per $1.00 of new annualized
   contract value
Net new "go-live" square miles

Revenue Retention Rate

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

111 % 

139 % 

2017

  $

  $

0.43  
82  

  $

0.30  
168  

141 %

0.34  
114

We calculate our revenue retention rate annually by dividing the (a) total revenues for such year from those customers who were customers during the corresponding
prior year by (b) the total revenues from all customers in the corresponding prior year. For the purposes of calculating our revenue retention rate, we count as customers all
entities with which we had contracts in the applicable year. Revenue retention rate for any given period does not include revenues attributable to customers first acquired during
such period. We focus on our revenue retention rate because we believe that this metric provides insight into revenues related to and retention of existing customers. If our
revenue retention rate for a year exceeds 100%, as it did in the years presented above, this indicates a low churn and means that the revenues retained during the year, including
from customer expansions, more than offset the revenues that we lost from customers that did not renew their contracts during the year. As further evidence of our low churn,
since transitioning our public safety business to the ShotSpotter Flex model in 2011, we have added over 70 new ShotSpotter Flex customers, but only ten such customers have
terminated service, two of which were terminated due to hurricane damage. One of the two customers who terminated due to hurricane damage has returned as a customer with
16 miles already gone live at the end of 2019. We do not anticipate maintaining our revenue retention rate at the levels observed in 2018 and 2017. For example, in 2018, our
revenue retention rate excluding our largest customer, Chicago, for which we had a large expansion deployment in 2018, would have been 118%.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 Sales and Marketing Spend per $1.00 of New Annualized Contract Value

We calculate sales and marketing spend annually as the total sales and marketing expense during a year divided by the first 12 months of contract value for contracts
entered into during the same year. We use this metric to measure the efficiency of our sales and marketing efforts in acquiring customers, renewing customer contracts and
expanding their coverage areas.

Net New “Go-Live” Miles

Net new “go-live” square miles represent the square miles covered by deployments that were formally approved by customers during the quarter, both from initial and
expanded customer deployments, net of square miles that ceased to be “live” during the quarter due to customer cancellations. New square miles include deployed square miles
that  may  have  been  sold,  or  booked,  in  prior  quarters.  We  focus  on  net  new  “go-live”  miles  as  a  key  business  metric  to  measure  our  operational  performance  and  inform
strategic decisions.

Components of Results of Operations

Presentation of Financial Statements

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  our  wholly-owned  Colombian  and  South  African  subsidiaries,  ShotSpotter  Colombia  S.A.S.  and

ShotSpotter (Pty) Ltd. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenues

We  derive  substantially  all  of  our  revenues  from  subscription  services.  We  recognize  subscription  fees  ratably,  on  a  straight-line  basis,  over  the  term  of  the
subscription, which for new customers is typically initially one to three years in length. Customer contracts include one-time set-up fees for the set-up of our sensors in the
customer’s  coverage  areas,  training  and  third-party  integration  licenses.  If  the  set-up  fees  are  deemed  to  be  a  material  right,  they  are  recognized  ratably  over  three  years.
Training and third-party integration license fees are recognized upon delivery.

For ShotSpotter Flex, we generally invoice customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the
subscription service is operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance
form. All fees billed in advance of services being delivered are recorded as deferred revenue. The timing of when new miles go live can be uncertain and, as a result, can have a
significant impact on the levels of revenues and deferred revenue from quarter to quarter. For our ShotSpotter Flex solution, our pricing model is based on a per-square-mile
basis.  For  our  ShotSpotter  Missions  solution,  pricing  is  currently  customized,  generally  tied  to  the  number  of  sworn  police  officers  in  a  particular  city.  For  ShotSpotter
SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, our pricing model is on a customized-site basis. We may also offer discounts or other incentives in conjunction with ShotSpotter
Missions sales in an effort to introduce the product and accelerate sales. As a result of our process for invoicing contracts and renewals upon execution, our cash flow from
operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

We generally invoice subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. Renewal fees are recognized ratably
over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most of our customers elect to renew their agreements, in some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper
approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, we stop recognizing subscription revenues at the end of the current contract term, even
though we may continue to provide services for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal is complete, we then recognize subscription revenues
for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process in the month in which the renewal is executed. If a customer
declines to renew its subscription prior to the end of three years, then the remaining setup fees are immediately recognized.

54

 
 
 
 
 ShotSpotter Labs projects may or may not be revenue-producing. When they are revenue-producing, they will generally be sold on a cost-plus basis.

It is likely that international deployments may have different payment and billing terms due to their local laws, restrictions or other customary terms and conditions.

Costs

Costs include the cost of revenues and charges for impairment of property and equipment. Cost of revenues primarily includes depreciation expense associated with
capitalized customer acoustic sensor networks, communication expenses, costs related to hosting our service applications, costs related to operating our Incident Review Center
(the “IRC”), providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance and forensic services, certain personnel and related costs of operations, stock-based compensation
and allocated overheads, which includes IT, facility and equipment depreciation costs.

Impairment  of  property  and  expense  is  primarily  attributable  to  our  write-off  of  the  remaining  book  value  of  indoor  sensor  inventory  and  indoor  sensor  networks
installed in certain security customers during the year ended December 31, 2018 and write-off for deployed equipment in Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands that was destroyed
by the hurricanes in September 2017.

We  will  have  to  upgrade  our  sensors  that  use  third-generation  (“3G”)  cellular  communications  to  the  fourth-generation  Long-Term  Evolution  wireless  technology,
which  will  increase  our  cost  of  revenues.  Originally,  we  had  expected  to  start  incurring  costs  in  2021  through  2022.  We  have  begun  plans  to  replace  sensors  in  certain
geographic areas starting in early 2021. Accelerated bandwidth changes by our carriers may require us to accelerate the upgrade of our 3G sensors prior to 2021, which would
accelerate the costs associated with the upgrade, which are estimated to be between $4.0 million and $6.0 million in total. We may to re-use and re-deploy the old 3G sensors
that have a remaining serviceable life where it makes sense to do so.

In the near term, we expect our cost of revenues to increase as our installed base increases, although certain of our costs of revenues are fixed and do not need to
increase commensurate with increases in revenues. In addition, depreciation expense associated with deployed equipment is recognized only over the first five years from the
go-live date. We also expect cost of revenues to increase as we continue to invest in our customer success capabilities to drive growth and value for our customers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation
expense  and  other  personnel  costs  are  the  most  significant  components  of  each  of  these  expense  categories.  We  include  stock-based  compensation  expense  incurred  in
connection with the grant of stock options and restricted stock units to the applicable operating expense category based on the equity award recipient’s functional area.

We are focused on executing on our growth strategy. As a result, in the near term we expect our total operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we incur
additional expenses due to growth and as a result of operating as a public company. Although our operating expenses will fluctuate, we expect that over time, they will generally
decrease as a percentage of revenues.

Sales and Marketing

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  primarily  consist  of  personnel-related  costs  attributable  to  our  sales  and  marketing  personnel,  commissions  earned  by  our  sales

personnel, marketing expenses for trade shows, conferences and conventions, consulting fees, travel and facility-related costs and allocated overhead.

55

 In the near term, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars primarily due to planned growth in our sales and marketing organization.
This growth will include adding sales and marketing personnel and expanding our marketing activities to continue to generate additional leads. Sales and marketing expense
may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the timing of commission expense, marketing campaigns and tradeshows.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our research and development personnel, consulting fees and allocated
overhead.  We  have  devoted  our  product  development  efforts  primarily  to  develop  new  lower-cost  sensor  hardware,  develop  new  features  including  a  mobile  application,
improve functionality of our solutions and adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies.

We are investing in engineering resources to support further development of the ShotSpotter Missions crime forecasting software. The focus of this effort will be in the
areas of data science modeling, user experience, core application functionality and backend infrastructure improvements, including integration of ShotSpotter gunshot data to
enhance forecasting of gun violence.

We  are  also  investing  research  and  development  resources  in  conjunction  with  our  ShotSpotter  Labs  projects  and  initiatives.  The  initial  focus  of  these  efforts  is  to

develop new underwater sensor applications as well as to test and expand the functionality of our outdoor sensors in challenging environmental conditions.

In the near term, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further

strengthen our software and invest in the development of our service.

We will continue to invest in research and development to leverage our large and growing database of acoustic events, which includes those from both gunfire and
non-gunfire. We also intend to leverage third-party AI and our own evolving cognitive and analytical applications to improve the efficiency of our solutions, which may include
internal software applications, data analysis, event routing and customer outputs. Certain of these applications and outputs may expand the platform of services that we will be
able to offer our customers.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our executive, finance, and administrative personnel, legal, accounting
and other professional services fees, other corporate expenses and allocated overhead. We have recently incurred additional expenses in expanding our operations, including
increased personnel, legal, insurance and accounting expenses, and the additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
and other regulations.

In the near term, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase significantly in absolute dollars as we grow our business, support our operations as a

public company and increase our headcount.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, consisted primarily of interest income and local and franchise tax expenses. In addition, in 2017, it included expense on our outstanding

debt, and losses from the remeasurement of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability and losses from early extinguishment of debt.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the

valuations allowance against deferred tax assets, as applicable.

56

 
 Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Net income (loss)

 Revenues

2019

As a % of
Revenues

2018

As a % of
Revenues

Change

$

%

  $

40,752      

100 %  $

34,753      

100 %   $

5,999      

17 %

16,409      
—      
16,409      
24,343      

9,989      
5,344      
7,415      
22,748      
1,595      
162      
41      
1,798      

  $

40 %   
—  
40 %   
60 %   

25 %   
13 %   
18 %   
56 %   
4 %   
—  
—  
4 %  $

14,846      
686      
15,532      
19,221      

8,377      
4,987      
8,425      
21,789      
(2,568 )    
(170 )    
13      
(2,725 )    

43 %    
2 %    
45 %    
55 %    

24 %    
14 %    
24 %    
63 %    
(7 %)   
(1 %)   
—  
(8 %)  $

1,563      
(686 )    
877      
5,122      

1,612      
357      
(1,010 )    
959      
4,163      
332      
28      
4,523      

11 %
(100 %)
6 %
27 %

19 %
7 %
(12 %)
4 %
(162 %)
(195 %)
215 %
(166 %)

The  increase  of  $6.0  million  in  revenues  was  primarily  attributable to  $2.3  million  of  new  customer  deployments  that  went  live  during  2019,  $0.8  million  from
expansions of existing customer coverage areas that went live during 2019, and $4.4 million related primarily to customer deployments that went live in 2018 and for which we
recognized  a  full  year  of  revenues  in  2019.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  lost  customers  and  the  timing  of  renewals  from  certain  customers  resulting  in  deferred
revenues. We went live with 82 net new square miles in 2019.

Costs

 The increase in costs of $0.9 million was due primarily to a $1.2 million increase in overhead expenses resulting from an increase in employee headcount, a $0.9
million increase in depreciation expense associated with new customer deployment and expansions in existing customer coverage area, and a $0.1 million increase in software
amortization, offset by a $0.6 million decrease in operating costs, which includes costs incurred in providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance services,
infrastructure hosting for our service application and costs related to operating our IRC and $0.7 million in impairment charges taken in 2018 that were not repeated in 2019.
During 2018, we recognized impairment expense of $0.7 million for the impairment of property and equipment primarily related to the remaining book value of indoor sensor
inventory and indoor sensor networks installed at certain security customers.

Gross margin for 2019 increased five percentage points from gross margin for 2018 because certain costs of revenues are fixed and did not increase commensurate with

the increase in subscription revenues.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expense

The increase in sales and marketing expense of $1.6 million was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in personnel expense resulting from increased headcount, and

a $0.3 million increase in consulting and travel expenses associated with the growth of our sales and marketing organization.

57

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Research and Development Expense

The increase in research and development expense of $0.4 million was primarily due to an increase in personnel and consulting expenses related to the development of

our mobile applications and next-generation sensors.

General and Administrative Expense

The decrease in general and administrative expense of $1.0 million was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in legal expenses resulting from litigation that settled

in 2018 and our HunchLab acquisition in 2018, partially offset by $0.5 million increase in personnel and consulting expenses during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The increase in other income (expense), net of $0.3 million was due to a $0.4 million increase in interest income partially offset by a decrease in local and state income

taxes.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the
valuations  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets,  as  applicable.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  our  provision  for  income  taxes  consisted  of  a  benefit
(provision) for foreign income taxes only.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other expense, net
Provision for income taxes
Net loss

Revenues

  $

  $

14,846    
686    
15,532    
19,221    

8,377    
4,987    
8,425    
21,789    
(2,568 )  
(170 )  
13    
(2,725 )  

  As a % of
  Revenues

2018
34,753    

  As a % of
  Revenues

2017
23,763    

100 %   $

43 %  
2 %  
45 %  
55 %  

24 %  
14 %  
24 %  
63 %  
(7 %) 
(0 %) 
0 %  
(8 %)  $

11,370    
793    
12,163    
11,600    

6,179    
4,159    
5,595    
15,933    
(4,333 )  
(5,487 )  
(160 )  
(9,980 )  

Change

$
10,990    

%  

46 %

3,476    
(107 )  
3,369    
7,621    

2,198    
828    
2,830    
5,856    
1,765    
5,317    
173    
7,255    

31 %
100 %
28 %
66 %

36 %
20 %
51 %
37 %
(41 %)
(97 %)
(100 %)
(73 %)

100 %   $

48 %  
—  
51 %  
49 %  

26 %  
18 %  
24 %  
67 %  
(18 %) 
(23 %) 
—  
(42 %)  $

The  increase  of  $11.0  million  in  revenues  was  primarily  attributable  to  $5.2  million  from  expansions  of  existing  customer  coverage  areas,  $1.9  million  of  new
customer solutions that went live during 2018, and $4.8 million related primarily to customer deployments that went live in 2017 and for which we recognized a full year of
revenues in 2018.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Costs

The  increase  in  costs  of  $3.4  million  was  due  primarily  to  a  $1.4  million  increase  in  overhead  expenses  resulting  from  an  increase  in  employee  headcount,  a  $0.8
million increase in operating costs, which includes costs incurred in providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance services, infrastructure hosting for our
service application and costs related to operating our IRC, and a $0.6 million increase in depreciation offset by $0.4 million decrease in telecommunication fees and $0.1 million
in lower impairment charges. During 2018, we recognized impairment expense of $0.7 million for the impairment of property and equipment primarily related to the remaining
book value of indoor sensor inventory and indoor sensor networks installed at certain security customers. During 2017, we recognized impairment expense of $0.8 million for
the impairment of property and equipment primarily related to the remaining net book value for deployed equipment that was presumed destroyed by hurricanes in September
2017.

Gross margin for 2018 increased six percentage points from gross margin for 2017 because certain costs of revenues are fixed and did not increase commensurate with

the increase in subscription revenues.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expense

The increase in sales and marketing expense of $2.2 million was primarily due to an increase of $1.3 million in salaries, commissions, recruiting, and stock-based

compensation expense, and a $0.7 million increase in consulting and outside services associated with expansion of our sales, marketing and customer success organization.

Research and Development Expense

The increase in research and development expense of $0.8 million was due primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in salaries, benefits and bonuses for research and
development personnel, and stock-based compensation expense and a $0.1 million increase in consulting fees related to the development of our mobile applications and next-
generation sensors.

General and Administrative Expense

The increase in general and administrative expense of $2.8 million from 2017 to 2018 was due to a $2.0 million increase in legal, accounting and other outside services
fees associated with litigation and settlement expenses, business acquisition expenses, and operating as  a  public  company,  a  $0.4  million  increase  in  non-employee  director
compensation, and a $0.4 million increase in personnel expense primarily due to stock-based compensation expense.

Other Expense, Net

The decrease in other expense, net of $5.3 million was due to a $3.7 million decrease in expense related to the remeasurement of the preferred stock warrant liability
due to a final remeasurement upon our IPO in the second quarter of 2017, a $1.6 million decrease in interest expense due to the termination of debt in the third quarter of 2017, a
$0.2 million in prepayment fees in connection with the early extinguishment of debt, and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs due to the termination of
debt in the third quarter on 2017.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the
valuations  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets,  as  applicable.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  our  provision  for  income  taxes  consisted  of  a  benefit
(provision) for foreign income taxes only.

59

 
 Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Funds

Our  operations  have  been  financed  primarily  through  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  equity,  debt  financing  arrangements  and  cash  from  operating  activities.  Our
principal source of liquidity is cash and cash equivalents totaling $24.6 million as of December 31, 2019. We also have a $10.0 million credit facility, of which no amounts were
outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

In March 2019, we issued and sold 250,000 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering, for which we received net proceeds of $10.6 million after

deducting offering expenses.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, our available credit facility and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital
and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many
factors, including our rate of revenues growth, the timing and extent of spending on sales and marketing, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing of new
product introductions, market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions. We may also seek additional capital to fund our operations, including through the
sale of equity or debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and
the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing
would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

Use of Funds

Our  historical  uses  of  cash  have  primarily  consisted  of  cash  used  for  operating  activities,  such  as  expansion  of  our  sales  and  marketing  operations,  research  and
development activities and other working capital needs, and cash used in investing activities, such as property and equipment expenditures to install infrastructure in customer
cities in order to deliver our solutions.

On October 3, 2018, we acquired certain technology, referred to as HunchLab, and related assets from Azavea Inc. The purchase consideration totaled $2.5 million,
consisting of $1.7 million in cash and a contingent earnout payable in cash for up to $750,000 based on HunchLab’s revenues generated over the three-year period following the
acquisition date.

In September 2017, we voluntarily repaid our outstanding borrowing of $13.5 million under the 2015 Term Note. This resulted in a loss on early extinguishment of

debt of $0.2 million for prepayment fees and other miscellaneous fees, and $0.3 million for the write-off of a portion of our unamortized debt issuance costs.  

Stock Repurchase Program

In May 2019, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock. The shares may be
repurchased from time to time in open market transactions, in privately negotiated transactions or by other methods in accordance with federal securities laws. The actual timing,
number and value of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by management in its discretion and will depend on a number of factors, including the market
price of our common stock, general market and economic conditions and applicable legal requirements. The stock repurchase program does not obligate us to purchase any
particular amount of common stock and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we  repurchased  257,824  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $26  per  share  for  $6.7  million.  The

repurchases were made in open market transactions using cash on hand, and all of the shares repurchased were retired.

60

 
 Credit Facility

On September 27, 2018, we entered into the Umpqua Credit Agreement, which allows us to borrow up to $10.0 million under a revolving loan facility. We intend to

use the revolving loan facility for general working capital purposes.

Prior to the repayment of all our outstanding indebtedness under the 2015 Term Note in September 2017, we were a party to a Loan and Security Agreement with Orix
Growth Capital, LLC (the “Orix Loan Agreement”), which allowed us to borrow up to $15.0 million. In September 2017, our credit facility with Orix Growth Capital, LLC
pursuant to the Orix Loan Agreement was terminated in connection with such repayment.

Cash Flows

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

The following table presents a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

  $

  $

13,692     $
(4,909 )  
5,482    
14,265     $

(1,386 )  
(10,203 )  
2,437    
(9,152 )  

$

$

3,387  
(6,506 )
18,751  
15,632

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million in cash was held by our consolidated foreign subsidiaries. In the year ended
December 31, 2017, we used $0.5 million of these funds to pay our U.S. parent company for services delivered in the year ended December 31, 2016 under an intercompany
license agreement.

Operating Activities

For standard customer deployments, we typically achieve cash flow breakeven, on a direct variable cost-basis, in less than a year from the date of execution of the
contract. Our net income (loss) and cash flows provided by operating activities are significantly influenced by our increase in headcount to support our growth, increase in legal,
outside services fees, and sales and marketing expenses, and our ability to bill and collect in a timely manner.

Operating activities provided $13.7 million in 2019, used $1.4 million in 2018, and provided $3.4 million in 2017.

The net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by higher collections of accounts receivable driven by new

customer contracts and expansions of existing customer coverage.

The use of cash for 2018 was primarily driven by changes in accounts receivable and our net loss of $2.7 million and offset by changes in deferred revenue, stock-

based compensation, and depreciation and amortization.

The  generation  of  cash  for  2017  was  primarily  driven  by  changes  in  accrued  expenses  and  deferred  revenue,  depreciation  and  amortization  and  remeasurement  of

warrant liability, partially offset by changes in accounts receivable and our net loss of $10.0 million.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Investing Activities

Our  investing  activities  consist  primarily  of  capital  expenditures  to  install  our  solutions  in  customer  coverage  areas,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment,  and

investment in intangible assets.

Investing activities used $4.9 million, $10.2 million, and $6.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, primarily for property and
equipment expenditures to install our solutions in customer coverage areas. We completed our acquisition of the HunchLab assets for approximately $1.7 million in cash at
closing during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Financing Activities

Cash generated by financing activities includes proceeds from our secondary offering, net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants, proceeds from the

employee stock purchase plan, offset by payment for repurchases of our common stock, payment of indebtedness, and debt issuance and financing costs.  

Financing activities provided $5.5 million in cash during the year ended December 31, 2019 from $10.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common stock
upon our secondary offering, $0.9 million proceeds from ESPP purchase and $0.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants, partially offset by $6.7 million
in payments for repurchases of our common stock.

Financing activities provided $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily from $1.5 million from the exercise of stock options and warrants, and $0.9

million proceeds from employee stock purchase plan.

Financing activities provided $18.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily from $32.4 million in net proceeds, excluding underwriting discounts and
commissions, from our IPO and $1.5 million in borrowing under our 2015 Term Note (see Note 10, Financing Arrangements, to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Annual Report in Form 10-K, for details regarding the 2015 Term Note), offset in part by $13.5 million in repayment of our 2015 Term Note and $1.9 million
in payments for costs associated with our IPO.  

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our commitments to settle contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019.

Operating lease (1)
Data center arrangements (2)

Less than
1 Year

1 to
3 Years

3 to
5 Years
(in thousands)

More than
5 Years

Total

  $
  $

328     $
76     $

304     $
—     $

—     $
—     $

—     $
—     $

632  
76

(1)

(2)

Operating lease payments include total future minimum rent payments under a non-cancelable operating lease agreement as described in Note 19, Commitments and
Contingencies.
Data center arrangements include total future minimum payments under the non-cancelable contracts as described in Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies.

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed
or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include purchase
obligations that we can cancel without a significant penalty. These purchase obligations are cancellable at any time, however, we may be required to pay costs incurred through
the cancellation date. Historically, we have rarely cancelled these agreements.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose
entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do
not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  United  States  Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles  (“GAAP”).  The  preparation  of  our
consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, assets, liabilities, costs and expenses.
We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and
assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Our  actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates.  Our  most  critical  accounting  policies  are  summarized  below.  See  Note  3, Basis  of
Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description
of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition — We generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of gunshot detection subscription services, in which gunshot data generated by
company-owned sensors and software is sold to customers through a cloud-based hosting application for a specified contract period. Typically, the initial contract period is one
to five years in length. The subscription contract is generally noncancelable without cause. Generally, these service arrangements do not provide the customer with the right to
take possession of the hardware or software supporting the subscription service at any time. A small portion of our revenues are generated from the delivery of setup services to
install company-owned sensors in the customer’s coverage area and other services including training and license to integrate with third-party applications.

 We generally invoices customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the subscription service is
operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance form. We generally
invoices subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. For the public safety solution, the pricing model is based on a
per-square-mile basis. For security solutions, the pricing model is on a customized-site basis. As a result of the process for invoicing contracts and renewals upon execution, cash
flows from operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

We recognize revenues upon the satisfaction of performance obligations. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in its contracts with customers and
identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a good or service (or bundle of services) that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations,
we consider all of the services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. We determined that the
subscription  services,  training,  and  licenses  to  integrate  with  third-party  applications  are  each  distinct  services  that  represent  separate  performance  obligations.  The  setup
activities are not distinct from the subscription service and are combined into the subscription service performance obligation. However, setup fees may provide a material right
to the customer that has influence over the customers' decision to renew. All setup fees are assessed on a quantitative and qualitative basis to determine whether they represent a
distinct performance obligation. The total contract value is allocated to each performance obligation identified based on the standalone selling price of the service. Discounts are
allocated pro-rata to the identified performance obligations. For contracts that have an original duration of one year or less, we use the practical expedient applicable to such
contracts and does not consider the time value of money.

Revenues from subscription services are recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the subscription. Revenues from material rights are recognized
ratably over the period in which they are determined to provide a material right to the customer, which is generally three years. Revenues from training and licenses to integrate
with  third-party  applications  are  recognized  upon  delivery  which  generally  occurs  when  the  subscription  service  is  operational  and  ready  to  go  live  and  these  amounts  are
immaterial.  

63

  Subscription renewal fees are recognized ratably over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most customers elect to renew their agreements, in
some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, we stop recognizing subscription
revenues at the end of the current contract term, even though services may continue to be provided for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal
is complete, we recognize subscription revenues for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process in the month in
which the renewal is executed. If a customer declines to renew its subscription, then the remaining fees from material rights, if any, are immediately recognized.

Stock-Based Compensation  —  We  recognize  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  stock-based  compensation  awards  granted  to  our  employees,  directors,  and
consultants that can be settled in shares of our common stock. Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted is based on the grant date fair value estimate
for each award as determined by our board of directors. We recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is
generally four years.

Restricted stock unit awards are valued using the last reported stock price on the date of grant.

We estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the
value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are freely transferable. The fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of our
awards  as  it  does  not  consider  other  factors  important  to  those  stock-based  payment  awards,  such  as  continued  employment,  periodic  vesting  requirements  and  limited
transferability.

Business Acquisition —  We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based
on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Critical estimates in valuing such intangible assets include, but not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer relationships and developed technology; and discount
rates.

Goodwill — Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis (October 1)
and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. These
events  or  circumstances  could  include  a  significant  change  in  the  business  climate,  legal  factors,  operating  performance  indicators,  competition,  or  sale  or  disposition  of  a
significant portion of a reporting unit. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units and determination of the fair
value  of  each  reporting  unit.  The  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  is  estimated  primarily  through  the  use  of  a  discounted  cash  flow  methodology.  This  analysis  requires
significant judgments, including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for our business, estimation
of the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital. The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit
change from year to year based on operating results, market conditions, and other factors. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination
of fair value and goodwill impairment. We performed our annual test for goodwill and long-lived assets impairment as of October 1, 2019 and concluded that no impairment
charge was necessary.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). There have been further amendments, including practical expedients, with the issuance of ASU
2018-01 in January 2018, ASU 2018-11 in July 2018 and ASU 2018-20 in December 2018. The amended guidance requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities
on the balance sheet for those leases with terms in excess of 12 months and currently classified as operating leases. Disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements is
required. Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted Topic 842. We elected the optional transition method which allows entities to continue to apply historical accounting guidance
in the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption.

64

 At transition, lessees and lessors may elect to apply a package of practical expedients permitting entities not to reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts
are or contain leases; (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (iii) whether initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases qualify for capitalization
under the amended guidance. These practical expedients must be elected as a package and consistently applied. We have elected to apply the package of practical expedients
upon adoption.

Our  operating  lease  for  our  corporate  headquarters  office  is  impacted  by  the  new  standard  and  upon  adoption,  we  recognized  a  right-of-use  asset  of  $0.9  million

and related lease liabilities totaling $0.9 million. See Note 18, Leases.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic
815).  The  amendments  in  Part  I  of ASU  2017-11  change  the  classification  analysis  of  certain  equity-linked  financial  instruments  (or  embedded  features)  with  down  round
features.  When  determining  whether  certain  financial  instruments  should  be  classified  as  liabilities  or  equity  instruments,  a  down  round  feature  no  longer  precludes  equity
classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified
instruments. We adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2019 and the adoption did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 Item 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QU ANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is

primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates as well as, to a lesser extent, inflation.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in the ordinary course of our business. Our cash includes cash in readily available checking and money market accounts. These

securities are not dependent on interest rate fluctuations that may cause the principal amount of these assets to fluctuate.

We had cash of $24.6 million as of December 31, 2019, which consists entirely of bank deposits. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We  have  foreign  currency  risks  related  to  our  revenues  and  operating  expenses  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  our  functional  currency,  the  U.S.  dollar,
principally the South African Rand. Movements in foreign currencies in which we transact business could significantly affect future net earnings. For example, if the average
value of the South African Rand had been 10% higher relative to the U.S. dollar during 2019, 2018 or 2017, it would not have resulted in a significant impact to our results of
operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  or  2017.  To  date,  we  have  not  engaged  in  any  hedging  strategies. As  our  international  operations  grow,  we  will
continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in foreign currency rate.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant
inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

65

 
 
 
  Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 INDEX  TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ShotSpotter, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ShotSpotter, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive income (loss), convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity/(deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are
required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to
perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 12, 2020

67

 
 
 
 
 ShotSpotter, Inc.

  Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,

2019

2018

Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable and contract asset
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Restricted cash

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable
Deferred revenue, short-term
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred revenue, long-term
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
Stockholders' equity

Common stock: $0.005 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized;
   11,314,150 and 10,864,722  shares issued and outstanding as of
   December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $

  $

  $

  $

24,550     $
13,883    
1,764    
—    
40,197    
16,556    
556    
1,379    
249    
1,634    
60,571     $

1,179     $

26,360    
4,885    
32,424    
598    
298    
33,320    

57    
122,907    
(95,579 )  
(134 )  
27,251    
60,571     $

10,218  
15,267  
1,527  
60  
27,072  
16,504  
—  
1,379  
242  
1,922  
47,119  

1,307  
23,102  
4,427  
28,836  
1,060  
76  
29,972  

55  
114,618  
(97,377 )
(149 )
17,147  
47,119

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ShotSpotter, Inc.

  Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating loss
Other income (expense), net

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock warrant liability
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income (expense), net
Other expense, net

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) loss per share, basic
Net income (loss) loss per share, diluted
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
   share, basic
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
   share, diluted

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

40,752  

  $

34,753  

  $

16,409  
—  
16,409  
24,343  

9,989  
5,344  
7,415  
22,748  
1,595  

—  
—  
440  
(278 )
162  
1,757  
(41 )
1,798  
0.16  
0.15  

  $
  $
  $

14,846  
686  
15,532  
19,221  

8,377  
4,987  
8,425  
21,789  
(2,568 )

—  
—  
82  
(252 )
(170 )
(2,738 )
(13 )
(2,725 )
(0.26 )
(0.26 )

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

23,763  

11,370  
793  
12,163  
11,600  

6,179  
4,159  
5,595  
15,933  
(4,333 )

(3,725 )
(479 )
(1,114 )
(169 )
(5,487 )
(9,820 )
160  
(9,980 )
(1.61 )
(1.61 )

11,302,780  

10,569,007  

6,197,775  

11,846,348  

10,569,007  

6,197,775

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 ShotSpotter, Inc.

  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In thousands)

Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive income (loss)

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

1,798  

  $

(2,725 )

  $

15    
1,813     $

(150 )  
(2,875 )   $

(9,980 )

3  
(9,977 )

  $

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated Statements of Convertible P referred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)
(In thousands, except share data)

 ShotSpotter, Inc.

Balance at December 31, 2016
Issuance of common stock upon IPO, net
   $3.0 million in commissions and discounts
IPO costs
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
   of common stock upon IPO
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant
   liability into additional paid in capital upon IPO
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with cashless exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation gain
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2017
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase
Issuance of common stock from RSU's vested
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation loss
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2018
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock upon secondary offering,
net of costs
Repurchase of common stock and retirement

Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase
Issuance of common stock from RSU's vested
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation gain
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2019

Series B-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock

Series A-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

    3,848,023     $ 22,075       1,176,423     $ 20,000  

Common Stock

Shares
      1,616,996     $

  Par Value  

Additional
Paid-in
Capital
8     $ 30,403     $

  Accumulated  
Deficit
(87,615 )   $

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive  
Income (Loss)  

Total
Stockholders'
Equity/
(Deficit)

(2 )   $

(57,206 )

—      

—      

—      

—  

      3,220,000      

16      

32,410      
(1,870 )    

—      
—      

—      
—      

32,426  
(1,870 )

    (3,848,023 )     (22,075 )     (1,176,423 )     (20,000 )

      4,689,753      

23      

42,052      

—      

—      

42,075  

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—     $

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—     $

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—      
74,984      

—      
—      

5,711      
55      

—      
—      

—      
—      

5,711  
55  

191,263      
34,133      
—      
—      
—      
      9,827,129     $
609,985      

296,691      
83,605      
47,312      
—      
—      
—      
—      
      10,864,722     $
307,365      

—      
1      
319      
—      
628      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
48     $ 109,708     $
547      
3      

987      
1      
909      
—      
(1 )    
3      
2,468      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
55     $ 114,618     $
452      
2      

—      
—      
—      
—      
(9,980 )    
(97,595 )   $
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
2,943      
(2,725 )    
(97,377 )   $
—      

—      
—      
—      
3      
—      
1     $
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
(150 )    
—      
—      
(149 )   $
—      

1  
319  
628  
3  
(9,980 )
12,162  
550  

988  
909  
2  
2,468  
(150 )
2,943  
(2,725 )
17,147  
454  

26,098      

—      

71      

—      

—      

71  

250,000      
(257,824 )    

1      
(2 )    

10,553      
(6,716 )    

—      
—      

65,639      
58,150      
—      
—      
—      
      11,314,150     $

872      
1      
—      
—      
3,057      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
57     $ 122,907     $

—      
—      
—      
—      
1,798      
(95,579 )   $

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
15      
—      
(134 )   $

10,554  
(6,718 )

873  
-  
3,057  
15  
1,798  
27,251

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
       
       
       
   
     
       
       
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
       
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
   (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of property and equipment
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock warrant liability
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable and contract asset
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred revenue

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property and equipment
Investment in intangible and other assets
Business acquisition

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of commissions and
   discounts
Proceeds from notes payable
Repayment of notes payable
Payment of debt issuance costs
Payment on debt extinguishment costs
Payment of line of credit costs
Payments of initial public offering costs
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon secondary offering
Payments of secondary offering costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Repurchases of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Net cash provided by financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration
Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock
Reclassification of convertible preferred stock warrant liability
   into additional paid-in capital
Deferred offering costs included in other assets
Line of credit costs included in other assets
Issuance of warrants in connection with the issuance of notes
   payable

 ShotSpotter, Inc.

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

2019

2018

2017

Year Ended December 31,

  $

1,798  

  $

(2,725 )   $

(9,980 )

4,982  
—  
3,057  
—  
—  
—  
—  

1,383  
(192 )  
(243 )  
108  
2,799  
13,692  

(4,823 )  
(86 )  
—  
(4,909 )  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
11,247  

(445 )  
454  
(6,718 )  
71  
873  
5,482  
14,265  
7  
10,278  
24,550  

  $

51  
—  

  $
  $

311  
—  
—  

  $
  $
  $

—  
—  
—  

  $
  $
  $

—  

  $

3,917  
686  
2,468  
—  
—  
—  
4  

(11,224 )  
(766 )  
(346 )  
(246 )  
6,846  
(1,386 )  

(8,444 )  
(48 )  
(1,711 )  
(10,203 )  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(10 )  
—  
—  
—  
550  
—  
988  
909  
2,437  
(9,152 )  
(167 )  

19,597  
10,278  

  $

79  
—  

  $
  $

205  
750  
—  

  $
  $
  $

—  
249  
91  

  $
  $
  $

—  

  $

3,121  
793  
628  
132  
3,725  
479  
—  

(1,518 )
(247 )
291  
1,535  
4,428  
3,387  

(6,430 )
(76 )
—  
(6,506 )

32,426  
1,500  
(13,500 )
(30 )
(149 )
—  
(1,870 )
—  
—  
55  
—  
—  
319  
18,751  
15,632  
70  
3,895  
19,597  

—  
1,235  

227  
—  
42,075  

5,711  
—  
—  

111

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 ShotSpotter, Inc.
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

ShotSpotter, Inc. (the “Company”) provides precision-policing solutions for law enforcement to help deter gun violence and make cities, campuses and facilities safer.
The company’s flagship product, ShotSpotter Flex, is the leading outdoor gunshot detection, location and forensic system trusted by over 100 cities. ShotSpotter Missions uses
machine  learning-driven  analysis  to  help  strategically  plan  directed  patrol  missions  and  tactics  for  maximum  crime  deterrence.  ShotSpotter  Labs  is  the  Company’s  effort  to
support innovative uses of its technology to help protect wildlife and the environment. The Company offers its solutions on a SaaS-based subscription model to its customers.

The  Company’s  principal  executive  offices  are  located  in  Newark,  California.  The  Company  has  two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  ShotSpotter  (Pty)  Ltd.  formed  in

South Africa and ShotSpotter Colombia S.A.S. which was formed in Colombia in March 2019.

Note 2. Initial Public Offering

In June 2017, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which the Company sold 3,220,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $11.00 per
share.  The  Company  received  net  proceeds  of  $32.4  million,  excluding  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions,  which  was  recorded  to  additional  paid-in  capital.  The
Company’s common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on June 7, 2017 under the trading symbol “SSTI.”

•

•

•

•

Immediately prior to the IPO, all outstanding Series B-1 convertible preferred stock warrants were remeasured at fair value using the Black-Scholes model,
resulting in a loss of $3.7 million, which was recorded in other expense, net.

Upon the closing of the IPO, the entire balance of $5.7 million in convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.
All preferred stock warrants were converted into common stock warrants. In addition, the Company issued to the lead underwriter in the IPO a warrant to
purchase  up  to  84,000  shares  of  its  common  stock.  See  Note  15, Convertible  Preferred  Stock  Warrants  and  Common  Stock  Warrants,  for  further  details
regarding the warrants.

Upon the closing of the IPO, all shares of the then-outstanding convertible preferred stock were converted into 4,689,753 shares of common stock. This
resulted in a reclassification of $42.1 million to additional paid-in capital.

Offering  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  were  approximately  $1.9  million,  excluding  underwriting  commissions  and  discounts,  which  was  recorded  to
additional paid-in capital.

Note 3. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
(“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding financial reporting. The consolidated financial statements
include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ShotSpotter (Pty) Ltd and ShotSpotter Colombia S.A.S. All significant intercompany transactions have
been eliminated during consolidation.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial

position, results of operations, comprehensive loss, equity statement and cash flows for the full year 2019.

73

 
 
 
 
 June 2017 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Prior to the IPO, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders approved an amendment (the “Charter Amendment”) to the Pre-IPO Certificate (as
defined below) and an amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“Post-IPO Certificate”) that became effective on June 12, 2017. The Charter Amendment increased the
number of authorized shares of common stock from 8,600,000 to 500,000,000. Under the Post-IPO Certificate, the Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be
designated Common Stock and Preferred Stock. See Note 13, Capital Stock, for further details regarding these classes of stock.

March 2017 Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation

On March 27, 2017, the Company’s Board and stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the Company’s then-existing certificate of incorporation (as
so amended and restated, the “Pre-IPO Certificate”) to provide, among other changes, that each share of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock would automatically convert into
0.715548 shares of common stock upon the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s capital stock. All share and per share data related to balance sheet and
net  loss  information  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and  their  related  notes  have  been  retroactively  adjusted  to  give  effect  to  the  application  of  this
conversion feature when presenting the Series A-2 convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis.

The Pre-IPO Certificate also provided for (1) an increase in the total number of authorized shares to 14,550,000 and (2) an increase in the number of authorized shares

of common stock to 8,600,000, in each case to accommodate the new conversion feature for the outstanding shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  management  evaluates  its  significant
estimates including the valuation of accounts receivable, the lives and realization of tangible and intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, accounting for revenue
recognition,  and  income  taxes.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  market-specific  and  relevant  assumptions  it  believes  to  be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of
operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates substantially all of its revenues from the sale of gunshot detection subscription services, in which gunshot data generated by Company-owned
sensors and software is sold to customers through a cloud-based hosting application for a specified contract period. Typically, the initial contract period is one to five years in
length. The subscription contract is generally noncancelable without cause. Generally, these service arrangements do not provide the customer with the right to take possession
of the hardware or software supporting the subscription service at any time. A small portion of the Company’s revenues are generated from the delivery of setup services to
install Company-owned sensors in the customer’s coverage area and other services including training and license to integrate with third-party applications.

The Company generally invoices customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the subscription
service is operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance form. The
Company generally invoices subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. For the public safety solution, the pricing
model is based on a per-square-mile basis. For security solutions, the pricing model is on a customized-site basis. As a result of the process for invoicing contracts and renewals
upon execution, cash flows from operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

74

 
 
 
  The  Company  recognizes  revenues  upon  the  satisfaction  of  performance  obligations.  At  contract  inception,  the  Company  assesses  the  services  promised  in  its
contracts with customers and identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a good or service (or bundle of services) that is distinct. To identify
the performance obligations, the Company considers all of the services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary
business  practices.  The  Company  determined  that  the  subscription  services,  training,  and  licenses  to  integrate  with  third-party  applications  are  each  distinct  services  that
represent  separate  performance  obligations.  The  setup  activities  are  not  distinct  from  the  subscription  service  and are  combined  into  the  subscription  service  performance
obligation.  However,  setup  fees  may  provide  a  material  right  to  the  customer  that  has  influence  over  the  customers'  decision  to  renew. All  setup  fees  are  assessed  on  a
quantitative and qualitative basis to determine whether they represent a distinct performance obligation. The total contract value is allocated to each performance obligation
identified based on the standalone selling price of the service. Discounts are allocated pro-rata to the identified performance obligations. For contracts that have an original
duration of one year or less, the Company uses the practical expedient applicable to such contracts and does not consider the time value of money.

Revenues from subscription services are recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the subscription. Revenues from material rights are recognized
ratably over the period in which they are determined to provide a material right to the customer, which is generally three years. Revenues from training and licenses to integrate
with  third-party  applications  are  recognized  upon  delivery  which  generally  occurs  when  the  subscription  service  is  operational  and  ready  to  go  live  and  these  amounts  are
immaterial.  

Subscription renewal fees are recognized ratably over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most customers elect to renew their agreements, in
some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, the Company stops recognizing
subscription revenues at the end of the current contract term, even though services may continue to be provided for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once
the renewal is complete, the Company recognizes subscription revenues for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal
process in the month in which the renewal is executed. If a customer declines to renew its subscription, then the remaining fees from material rights, if any, are immediately
recognized.

The Company capitalizes certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract, which includes sales commissions. As there are not commensurate commissions earned on
renewals of the subscription services, the Company capitalizes commissions related to subscription services provided under both the initial contract and renewal periods and
amortizes the capitalized commissions on a straight-line basis over the customer life, which is determined to be five years. For commissions that are earned on renewal contracts
with an original duration of one year or less, the Company uses the practical expedient applicable to such commissions and recognizes the commissions immediately as expense
instead of capitalizing. Amortization of capitalized commissions was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and was included in sales and marketing expense in the
consolidated statements of operations.

Costs

Costs include the cost of revenues and charges for impairment of property and equipment. Cost of revenues primarily includes depreciation expense associated with
capitalized customer acoustic sensor networks, communication expenses, costs related to hosting our service application, costs related to operating our Incident Review Center
(the “IRC”), providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance and forensic services, certain personnel and related costs of operations, stock-based compensation
and allocated overhead, which includes information technology, facility and equipment depreciation costs.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Advertising  and  promotion  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred. Advertising  and  promotion  costs  were  $0.5  million,  $0.6  million  and  $0.5  million  for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and were included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

75

 
 
 
 Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consisted primarily of salaries and benefits, consultant fees, certain facilities costs, and other direct costs

associated with the continued development of the Company’s solutions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash deposited in financial institutions.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, ShotSpotter (Pty) Ltd. and ShotSpotter Colombia S.A.S, is the local currency (South African Rand
and  Colombian  Peso  respectively).  The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  the  exchange  rate  at  the  end  of  each  balance  sheet  date.
Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Gains and losses from translations are recognized in foreign currency translation included in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses that are realized are recorded in
other expense, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Accounts Receivable, net and Contract Asset

Accounts receivable, net consist of trade accounts receivables from the Company’s customers, net of allowance for doubtful accounts if deemed necessary. Accounts
receivable are recorded as the invoiced amount. The Company does not require collateral or other security for accounts receivable. Contract asset consist of revenues recognized
in advance of invoicing the customer.

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  the  collectability  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  provides  an  allowance  for  potential  credit  losses  based  on  the  Company’s

historical experience. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not have an allowance for potential credit losses as there were no estimated credit losses.

Concentrations of Risk

Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consisted primarily of restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents
and accounts receivable from trade customers. The Company maintains its cash deposits at three domestic and two international financial institutions. The Company is
exposed to credit risk in the event of default by a financial institution to the extent that cash and cash equivalents are in excess of the amount insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company generally places its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions. To date, the Company has not
experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents.

Concentration of Accounts Receivable — At December 31, 2019, one customer accounted for 55% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. At December 31, 2018
one customer accounted for 77%, of the Company’s account receivable. Fluctuations in accounts receivable result from timing of the Company’s execution of contracts
and collection of related payments.

Concentration  of  Revenues  — For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  two  customers  accounted  for  20%  and  14%  of  the  Company’s  revenues,  For  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018, two customers accounted for 22% and 15% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2017, one customer accounted for 18%
of the Company’s revenues.

Concentration of Suppliers  — The  Company  relies  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers.  In  particular,  a  single  supplier  is  currently  the  sole
manufacturer of the Company’s proprietary sensors.

76

 
 Business Acquisitions

The  Company  allocates  the  fair  value  of  purchase  consideration  to  the  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  intangible  assets  acquired  based  on  their
estimated  fair  values.  The  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  values  of  these  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and are recognized as general and administrative expense as incurred.

Goodwill

Following the acquisition of HunchLab (see Note 8, Business Acquisitions), the Company recorded goodwill for the first time in October 2018. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs
or  circumstances  change  that  would  more  likely  than  not  reduce  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.  These  events  or  circumstances  could  include  a
significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, or sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. We
performed  our  first  annual  test  for  goodwill  impairment  as  of  October  1,  2019  and  concluded  that  no  goodwill  impairment  charge  was  necessary.  Since  inception
through December 31, 2019, the Company did not have any goodwill impairment.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of acquired patents and capitalized legal fees related to obtaining patents, as well as customer relationships as a result from the Company’s
acquisition of HunchLab in 2018 (see Note 8, Business Acquisitions). Patent assets are stated at costs, less accumulated amortization. Customer relationships are recorded at fair
value as of the date of the acquisition. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis, over their expected useful lives, which range from three years for patents and
seven years for customer relationships.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company depreciates property and equipment using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining
lease term. Costs  incurred  to  develop  software  for  internal  use  and  for  the  Company’s  solutions  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over  such  software’s  estimated  useful  life.
Internally developed software costs capitalized during all periods presented have not been material. Property and equipment, net also includes software technology resulting
from the Company’s acquisition of HunchLab, which is recorded at fair value as of the date of the acquisition, amortized on the straight-line basis over five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company annually reviews long-lived assets for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows which the asset is expected to generate. If
such  assets  are  determined  to  be  impaired,  the  impairment  to  be  recognized  is  measured  as  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the  future
undiscounted net cash flows arising from the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value less cost to sell.

Royalty Expense

In 2009, the Company entered into a license agreement with a third party relating to a patented gunshot digital imaging system that facilitates integration with certain
third-party  systems.  The  terms  of  the  license  agreement  require  the  Company  to  pay  a  one-time  fee  of  $5,000  for  each  license  sold  to  a  customer  allowing  the  customer  to
integrate their ShotSpotter service with a third-party application, such as a video management system, with a minimum annual amount due of $75,000. In 2019, 2018, and 2017,
the Company incurred only the $75,000 minimum amount. The license agreement renews automatically on each subsequent year unless it is terminated in accordance with the
agreement.

77

 The royalty fee due for each license sold to a customer is capitalized as property and equipment and amortized over the estimated useful life. The difference in royalty
fees capitalized in property and equipment and the minimum annual payment is classified as general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and
was $30,000, $35,000 and $60,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company issued warrants exercisable for shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, or for shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion of all
outstanding series of preferred stock into common stock. These warrants were classified as a preferred stock warrant liability in the consolidated balance sheets, rather than
stockholders’ equity, as they met the criteria to be classified as a derivative liability. The convertible preferred stock warrants were subject to remeasurement to fair value at
each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company estimated
the fair value of the warrants using an option pricing method (“OPM”) or probability weighed expected return method (“PWERM”) that incorporates the use of OPM, to allocate
the estimated value of the Company. Upon the closing of the IPO in 2017, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital. All
preferred stock warrants were converted into common stock warrants.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement
date. The three-level hierarchy prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information. Fair value focuses on an
exit  price  and  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the
measurement date. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those financial
instruments. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

Level I — Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level II — Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level III — Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

An asset’s or a liability’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company generally grants options to purchase shares of its common stock to its employees, directors and non-employees for a fixed number of shares with an
exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the grant date. Fair value is determined by the Board. All stock option grants are accounted for using the fair
value method, and stock-based compensation expense is recognized as the underlying options vest which is the requisite service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes
option pricing model to measure the fair value of its stock options.

Prior to the IPO, given the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the Board considered numerous objective and subjective factors to
determine  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  each  time  stock  option  grants  were  approved.  The  factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (i)  the  valuation  of  the
Company’s common stock by an unrelated third party; (ii) the Company’s results of operations, financial position and capital resources; (iii) current economic indicators and
outlook; (iv) competition for the Company’s solutions; and (v) the Company’s marketing methods.

78

 
 The Company estimated the grant date fair value of its common stock options using the following assumptions:

Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the stock-based compensation awards are expected to be outstanding. Since the Company did not have
sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the Company used the simplified method to compute expected term, which
reflects the weighted-average of time-to-vesting.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date.

Expected Volatility —The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.

Dividend  Yield —  Expected  dividend  yield  is  based  on  our  dividend  policy  at  the  time  the  options  were  granted.  We  do  not  plan  to  pay  any  dividends  in  the

foreseeable future. Consequently, we have historically used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Subsequent to the IPO, the Company uses the market closing price of its common stock as traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market to determine fair value.

The Company generally grants unvested restricted stock unit awards to non-employee directors and executive management for a fixed number of shares and a fixed

vesting schedule. The restricted stock unit awards are valued using the closing price on the date of grant.

Forfeitures are recognized as and when they occur.

Segment Information

The Company has one operating segment with one business activity, providing gunshot detection systems. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief

Executive Officer, who manages operations on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources.

Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes in accordance with the liability method of accounting. Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated taxes ultimately payable or
recoverable based on enacted tax law. The Company establishes a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset
will not be realizable. Changes in tax rates are reflected in the tax provision as they occur.

In accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax
authority  would  more  likely  than  not  sustain  the  position  following  an  audit.  For  tax  positions  meeting  the  more  likely  than  not  threshold,  the  amount  recognized  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  is  the  largest  benefit  that  has  a  greater  than  50  percent  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement  with  the  relevant  tax
authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding during
the period. Common stock equivalents are only included when their effect is dilutive. Common stock equivalents and unvested restricted stock units are potentially dilutive
securities and include convertible preferred stock, warrants and outstanding stock options. These potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net
income (loss) per share if their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

79

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). There have been further amendments, including practical expedients, with the issuance of ASU
2018-01 in January 2018, ASU 2018-11 in July 2018 and ASU 2018-20 in December 2018. The amended guidance requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities
on the balance sheet for those leases with terms in excess of 12 months and currently classified as operating leases. Disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements is
required. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842. The Company elected the optional transition method which allows entities to continue to apply historical
accounting guidance in the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption.

At transition, lessees and lessors may elect to apply a package of practical expedients permitting entities not to reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts
are or contain leases; (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (iii) whether initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases qualify for capitalization
under the amended guidance. These practical expedients must be elected as a package and consistently applied. The Company has elected to apply the package of practical
expedients upon adoption.

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  The  Company’s  operating  lease  for  its  corporate  headquarters  office  is  impacted  by  the  new

standard and upon adoption, the Company recognized a right-of-use asset of $0.9 million and related lease liabilities totaling $0.9 million. See Note 18, Leases.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic
815).  The  amendments  in  Part  I  of ASU  2017-11  change  the  classification  analysis  of  certain  equity-linked  financial  instruments  (or  embedded  features)  with  down  round
features.  When  determining  whether  certain  financial  instruments  should  be  classified  as  liabilities  or  equity  instruments,  a  down  round  feature  no  longer  precludes  equity
classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified
instruments. The Company adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2019 and the adoption did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued ASU 2019-12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740), simplifying  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing  certain  exceptions  to  the
general principles. The guidance will be effective at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2022. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. We do not expect the
adoption of this ASU to have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 Note 4.  Revenue Related Disclosures

As  of  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had  total  short-term  and  long-term  deferred  revenue  of  $24.2  million.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the
Company recognized $23.1 million in revenue from the beginning deferred revenue balance and $17.2 million from new billings, and added $43.1 million to total short-term
and long-term deferred revenue from new billings.

As  of  January  1,  2018, upon  the  adoption  of Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  606, Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (“Topic  606”),  the
Company had total short-term and long-term deferred revenue of $17.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized $9.7 million in revenue
from  the  beginning  deferred  revenue  balance  and  $24.8  million  from  new  billings,  and  added  $41.4  million  to  total  short-term  and  long-term  deferred  revenue  from  new
billings.

    As of December 31, 2019, the Company has estimated remaining performance obligations for contractually committed revenues of $34.9 million, $21.6  million,
$5.5 million, and $0.7 million that will be recognized during the year ending December 31, 2020, 2021, 2022, and 2023 through 2025, respectively. The timing of revenue
recognition includes estimates of go-live dates for contracts not yet live. Contractually committed revenue includes deferred revenue as of December 31, 2019 and amounts
under contract that will be invoiced after December 31, 2019.  

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenues of $39.7 million from customers in the United States, and $1.0 million from customers

in South Africa and the Bahamas.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized revenues of $33.9 million from customers in the United States and $0.9 million from a customer

in South Africa.

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

Prior to the IPO, the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability was measured on a recurring basis and was classified within Level III of the fair value
hierarchy because some of the inputs used in its measurement were neither directly or indirectly observable. The valuation methodology and underlying assumptions in the fair
value determination are discussed in Note 3, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,  and  Note  15, Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants and
Common Stock Warrants.  

Immediately prior to the IPO, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability was remeasured to fair value, resulting in a loss of $3.7 million which was recorded in

other expense, net. Upon the closing of the IPO, the entire balance of $5.7 million in convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

There were no transfers into or out of Level III during the year ended December 31, 2019. The changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant

liability and changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are summarized below (in thousands):

Fair value at December 31, 2016
Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants
Change in fair value recorded in other expense,
   net
Reclassification of unexercised warrant into
   additional paid-in capital upon the IPO
Fair value at December 31, 2017
Contingent consideration from business
   combination
Fair value at December 31, 2018 and
   December 31, 2019

Fair Value
Measurements at
Reporting Date
Using Level III Inputs  
1,875  
111  

  $

3,725  

(5,711 )
—  

750  

750

  $

  $

As  of  the  acquisition  date  of  HunchLab  (see  Note  8, Business Acquisitions)  and  as  of  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  estimated,  based  on  (i)  the  probability  of
achieving  the  relevant  revenues  targets  and  (ii)  the  timing  of  achieving  such  targets,  that  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  approximates  the  maximum  amount
payable.  There  was  no  change  in  fair  value  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  In  February  2020,  subsequent  to  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  made  its  first
payment of $0.3 million to Azavea, Inc.  

81

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 Note 6. Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

Patents
Customer relationship

Patents
Customer relationship

Gross

1,092     $
160    
1,252     $

December 31, 2019
Accumulated
Amortization

(974 )   $
(29 )  
(1,003 )   $

Gross

997     $
160    
1,157     $

December 31, 2018
Accumulated
Amortization

(909 )   $
(6 )  
(915 )   $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Net

Net

118  
131  
249  

88  
154  
242

Amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $88,000, $61,000 and $47,000, respectively.

The following table presents future intangible asset amortization as of year-end 2019 (in thousands):

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total

Note 7. Details of Certain Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands):

Prepaid software and licenses
Prepaid insurance
Other prepaid expenses
Deferred commissions
Other

Other assets (in thousands):

Deferred commissions
Other

$

$

85  
63  
38  
23  
23  
17  
249

December 31,

2019

2018

321     $
473    
94    
753    
123    
1,764     $

388  
275  
169  
629  
66  
1,527

December 31,

2019

2018

1,579     $
55    
1,634     $

1,560  
362  
1,922

  $

  $

  $

  $

82

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net (in thousands):

Deployed equipment
Computer equipment
Software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Vehicles
Construction in progress

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

  $

  $

28,930  
1,141  
1,314  
169  
234  
124  
1,209  
  $
33,121  
(16,565 )    
  $
16,556  

24,767  
1,272  
1,239  
210  
234  
—  
953  
28,675  
(12,171 )
16,504

Depreciation expense during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $4.9 million, $3.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (in thousands):

Personnel-related accruals
Royalties payable
Professional fees
Sales/ use tax payable
Contingent consideration
Operating lease liability
Deferred rent
Other

December 31,

2019

2018

2,883  
115  
317  
91  
750  
302  
—  
427  
4,885  

  $

  $

2,603  
130  
396  
273  
750  
—  
25  
250  
4,427

  $

  $

Note 8. Business Acquisitions

 On October 3, 2018, the Company acquired certain technology, referred to as HunchLab, and related assets from Azavea Inc. The acquisition provides an opportunity
to increase the Company’s revenue per customer with a related and value-added technology that helps deter crime through strategically planned patrol missions. The purchase
consideration totaled $2.5 million, consisting of $1.7 million in cash and a contingent earnout payable in cash for up to $750,000 based on HunchLab’s revenues generated over
the three-year period following the acquisition date. The Company determined the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability based on the likelihood of
meeting revenues forecasts.

83

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 The following table presents the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expense
Deferred revenue, short term
Accounts payable
Software technology
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Total purchase consideration

  $

  $

114  
4  
(120 )
(26 )
950  
160  
1,379  
2,461

Goodwill  primarily  represents  the  value  of  cash  flows  from  future  customers.  The  Company  expects  to  deduct  goodwill  and  identifiable  technology  and  intangible

assets for tax purposes, a portion of which will commence upon settlement of contingent consideration and contingent liabilities.

The following table presents the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and the estimated useful lives (in thousands):

Software technology
Customer relationships

Total identifiable technology and intangible assets

Fair Value

950  
160  
1,110  

  $

  $

Useful
Life
5 years
7 years

The Company valued customer relationships and the software technology using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, cost of
revenues, research and development expense, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense and estimated customer attrition rates. The Company discounted
the cash flows at 25.5%, reflecting the risk profile of the assets.

Acquisition-related expenses totaled $0.2 million, which were included in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company has not presented separate results of operations since closing or combined pro forma financial information of the Company and HunchLab since the

beginning of fiscal 2017, as results of operations for HunchLab are immaterial.

Note 9. Impairment of Property and Equipment

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not recognize any impairment.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  recognized  impairment  expense  of  $0.7  million  for  the  impairment  of  property  and  equipment  primarily
related to the remaining book value of indoor sensor inventory and indoor sensor networks installed at certain security customers. Management concluded that the impairment
charges were required because the Company made the strategic decision to no longer include indoor coverage as part of its service offering.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  recognized  impairment  expense  of  $0.8  million  for  the  impairment  of  property  and  equipment  primarily
relating to the remaining net book value of deployed equipment in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Management concluded that the impairment charges were required
because the equipment was presumed destroyed by the hurricanes in September 2017. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 Note 10. Financing Arrangements

Credit Agreement

On September 27, 2018, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Umpqua Bank (the “Umpqua Credit Agreement”), which allows the Company to borrow
up  to  $10.0  million  under  a  revolving  loan  facility  (the  “Revolving  Facility”).  The  Company  intends  to  use  the  Revolving  Facility  for  general  working  capital  purposes.
Borrowings  under  the  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  are  secured  by  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company.  The  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  includes  a  letter  of  credit
subfacility of up to $3.0 million. Any amounts outstanding under the letter of credit subfacility reduce the amount available for the Company to borrow under the Revolving
Facility.

Borrowings  under  the  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  bear  interest,  at  the  Company’s  option,  at  a  rate  equal  to  either  (1)  a  base  rate,  which  fluctuates  daily  and  is  the
greater of (a) the prime rate in effect as of any date of determination and (b) the daily LIBOR rate as of such date of determination plus 1.0% per annum, or (2) a LIBOR rate,
which can be for a period of 30, 60 or 90 days at the Company’s option and is equal to the published rate in the Wall Street Journal for such 30-, 60- or 90-day period two
business days prior to the commencement of such period, in each case plus 2.0% per annum. The Company will be required to repay all amounts outstanding under the Umpqua
Credit Agreement  on  September  27,  2020  or  earlier  if  the  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  is  terminated  prior  to  such  date.  The  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  also  includes  an
uncommitted incremental facility provision that would allow the Company, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval by Umpqua Bank, to increase the
Revolving Facility up to a total of $25.0 million.

Under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to various negative covenants that limit, subject to certain exclusions, the Company’s ability to incur
indebtedness, make loans, invest in or secure the obligations of other parties, pay or declare dividends, make distributions with respect to the Company’s securities, redeem
outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, create subsidiaries, materially change the nature of its business, enter into related party transactions, engage in mergers and business
combinations, the acquisition or transfer of Company assets outside of the ordinary course of business, grant liens or enter into collateral relationships involving company assets
or reincorporate, reorganize or dissolve the Company.  

There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Notes Payable- 2015 Term Note

Borrowings under the 2015 Term Note bore interest at the greater of: (i) the average prime rate in effect during each month or (ii) the average three-month LIBOR rate
during  such  month,  plus  2.5%  per  annum,  plus  7.5%  with  a  minimum  rate  of  11%,  with  interest  only  payments  through  October  2017,  followed  by  36  equal  monthly
installments of principal and interest through October 2020, the maturity date. The weighted average interest rate during the year ended December 31, 2017 was and 11.54%.

For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recognized interest expense of $1.1 million, based on the outstanding balance during the period.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, amortization of debt issuance costs was $132,000. Amortization of debt issuance costs is recorded in interest expense in the

consolidated statements of operations.

Borrowings under the 2015 Term Note were secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. Additionally, the terms of the 2015 Term Note included certain

financial covenants and various negative covenants.

In March 2017, the Company amended the 2015 Term Note. In connection with the amendment of the 2015 Term Note, the Company issued a warrant to purchase
76,704 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.8667 per share; however, the terms of the warrant provided that upon the completion of a public offering
in  which  the  Company  raises  at  least  $25.0  million  in  net  proceeds,  the  number  of  shares  underlying  the  warrant  would  be  reduced  to  61,363  shares.  Consistent  with  these
terms, upon the closing of the IPO, the number of shares underlying this warrant was reduced to 61,363 shares, and the warrant became exercisable for common stock.

85

 
 
 In September 2017, the Company voluntarily repaid all outstanding borrowings under the 2015 Term Note. The Company recorded to other expense, net, a loss of

$0.2 million, consisting of prepayment fees and miscellaneous fees, and wrote-off $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs from the early extinguishment of debt.

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $0.6 million in revenues, from ShotSpotter Labs projects with charitable organizations that have
received donations from one of the Company’s directors and one of the Company’s significant shareholders. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not
have any related party transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized approximately $0.7 million, in revenues from a reseller who was also
an investor. As of December 31, 2017, the amount of accounts receivable due from this reseller was immaterial.  

Note 12. Income Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of net income (loss) before income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

Net income (loss)

The provision (benefit) for income tax consists of the following (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign
Total

Deferred:

Federal
State
Foreign
Total

Total tax expense (benefit)

86

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

1,743     $
14    
1,757     $

(3,083 )   $
345    
(2,738 )   $

(10,125 )
305  
(9,820 )

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

—     $
—    
7  

7  

—    
—    
(48 )  
(48 )    

(41 )   $

—     $
—    
(13 )    

(13 )    

—    
—    
—    
—  

(13 )   $

—  
—  
160  

160  

—  
—  
—  
—  

160

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 A reconciliation of income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate to net income (loss) taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations

is as follows (in thousands):

Income tax at statutory rate
Change in valuation allowance
Change in tax rate
Change in deferreds
State tax
Mark-to-market on warrants
Stock-based compensation
Research and development credit
Foreign rate differential
Subpart F - GILTI
Subpart F- transition tax
Lobbying
Other

Total

2019

  $

  $

December 31,
2018

2017

369     $
(17 )  
—    
100    
(133 )  
—    
(420 )  
(82 )  
(43 )  
17    
—    
102    
66    
(41 )   $

(575 )   $
1,595    
—    
7    
(309 )  
—    
(615 )  
(220 )  
(86 )  
81    
—    
78    
31    
(13 )   $

(3,339 )
(8,354 )
9,788  
(39 )
536  
1,267  
84  
(62 )
56  
—  
68  
79  
76  
160

Temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in

thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating losses
Credits
Accruals and reserves
Deferred revenue and contract costs

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Fixed assets and intangibles

Total deferred tax liabilities, net

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

21,556     $
2,055    
767    
116    
24,494    

(23,693 )  

801    

(836 )  

(35 )   $

21,461  
1,969  
285  
458  
24,173  

(23,710 )

463  

(545 )

(82 )

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Management has determined that the
deferred tax assets are not realizable on a more likely than not basis. Accordingly, deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance
increased by $17,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $85.6 million, of which $80.6 million will expire between 2026
through 2038, if not utilized, and $5.0 million which do not expire. As of December 31, 2019, the Company also had state NOLs of approximately $55.1 million, which will
expire, if not utilized, in 2019 through 2038.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had available for carryover research and experimental credits for federal and California income tax purposes of approximately
$1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future income taxes. The federal research and experimental tax credits will begin to expire, if not
utilized, in 2026. The California research and experimental tax credits carry forward indefinitely until utilized.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, and similar California regulations impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net
operating  losses  and  tax  credits  in  the  event  of  an  “ownership  change”  of  a  corporation.  Accordingly,  the  Company’s  ability  to  utilize  net  operating  losses  and  credit
carryforwards may be limited as the result of such an “ownership change” as defined in the Code.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company applied FASB ASC 740-10-50, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Tax, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company classifies interest and penalties as a component of
tax expense as a result of the full valuation allowance.

The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.8 million as of December 31, 2019, all of which was offset by a full valuation allowance. No interest

or penalties have been accrued as of December 31, 2019.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2017

Increases for current year tax positions
Increases for prior year tax positions

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Increases for current year tax positions
Decrease for prior year tax positions

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  $

  $

620  
114  
—  
734  
75  
(37 )

772

Unrecognized tax benefits may change during the next 12 months for items that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not anticipate a material

change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months that would affect the Company’s effective tax rate as a result of the full valuation allowances.

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  federal,  various  state  and  U.S.  territory  jurisdictions,  and  South Africa.  The  statute  of  limitations  remains  open  for  fiscal
years 2005 through 2019 in the United States and the various state and the U.S. territory jurisdictions. Years beyond the normal statute of limitations remain open to audit by tax
authorities due to tax attributes generated in earlier years which are being carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized.

In  January  2018,  the  FASB  released  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  tax  on  the  global  intangible  low-taxed  income  ("GILTI")  provisions  of  the Act.  The  GILTI
provisions impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The guidance indicates that either accounting for deferred
taxes related to GILTI inclusions or treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as period cost are both acceptable methods subject to an accounting policy election. For the year
ended December 31, 2019, the Company has elected to treat any potential GILTI inclusions as a period cost.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 13. Capital Stock

Convertible Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the IPO, the Company had the following outstanding convertible preferred stock:

 Series B-1
Series A-2

Shares
Authorized

4,773,000    
1,177,000    

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
(in thousands)

3,848,023     $
1,176,423    

      $

22,575  
20,000  
42,575

Upon the closing of the IPO, all shares of convertible preferred stock then outstanding were automatically converted into an aggregate of 4,689,753 shares of common

stock, resulting in the reclassification of the related redeemable convertible preferred stock into $23,000 of common stock and $42.1 million into additional paid-in capital.  

Since the closing of the IPO in 2017, there were no shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  500,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $0.005  per  share.  At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  there  were
11,314,150 and 10,864,722 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Holders of common stock have voting rights equal to one vote per share of common
stock held and are entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board.

Prior  to  the  IPO,  common  stock  was  subordinate  to  Series  B-1  convertible  preferred  stock  with  respect  to  dividend  rights  and  subordinate  to  Series  B-1  and A-2

convertible preferred stock with respect to rights upon certain deemed liquidation events of the Company.

At December 31, 2019, shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows:

Options outstanding
Shares available for future grant
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase common stock

Total

December 31,
2019

617,493  
1,632,636  
114,996  
134,716  
2,499,841

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.005, as provided in the Post-IPO Certificate. Since the closing of the

IPO, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Stock Repurchase Program

In May 2019, our board of directors adopted a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock. Although our board of directors has authorized
the stock repurchase program, it does not obligate us to repurchase any specific dollar amount or number of shares, there is no expiration date for the stock repurchase program,
and the stock repurchase program may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and for any reason.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we  repurchased  257,824  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $26  per  share  for  $6.7  million.  The

repurchases were made in open market transactions using cash on hand, and all of the shares repurchased were retired.

Note 14. Net Income (Loss) per Share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

Numerator:
Net income (loss)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic
Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted
Net income (loss) per share, basic
Net income (loss) per share, diluted

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

  $

1,798     $

(2,725 )   $

(9,980 )

11,302,780    
11,846,348    

10,569,007    
10,569,007    

  $
  $

0.16     $
0.15     $

(0.26 )   $
(0.26 )   $

6,197,775  
6,197,775  
(1.61 )
(1.61 )

The following potentially dilutive shares outstanding at the end of the periods presented were excluded in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share as the

effect would have been anti-dilutive:

Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase Series B-1 convertible
   preferred or common stock

Total

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

269,202    
54,620    

—    
323,822    

820,186    
110,764    

163,713    
1,094,663    

2017
1,294,128  
47,312  

468,278  
1,809,718

Note 15. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants and Common Stock Warrants

Immediately prior to the Company’s IPO, all outstanding Series B-1 convertible preferred stock warrants were remeasured to their fair value, using the Black-Scholes
model.  Refer  to  Note  3, Basis  of  Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  for  a  description  of  the  valuation  method.  The  final  remeasurement  of  the
convertible preferred stock warrant liability resulted in a $3.7 million loss which was recorded to other expense, net.

Upon  the  closing  of  the  IPO,  the  entire  balance  of  $5.7  million  in  convertible  preferred  stock  warrant  liability  was  reclassified  to  additional  paid-in  capital. All
convertible preferred stock warrants were converted into common stock warrants. In addition, the Company issued to the lead underwriter in the IPO a warrant to purchase up to
84,000 shares of its common stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, certain warrants were exercised on a cashless basis and converted into 13,865 shares of common stock.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had the following common stock warrants issued and outstanding:

Warrant Class
Common stock warrant
Common stock warrant
Common stock warrant
Common stock warrant (1)

2019

—  
—  
50,716  
84,000  
134,716  

Shares

2018

3,766      
25,231      
50,716      
84,000      
163,713      

Issuance
2017
Date
  $
165,925     July 2012
61,502     August 2012
  $
156,851     February 2014   $
84,000     June 2017
  $
468,278    

Price
per Share

Expiration
Date
5.8667     July 2019
5.8667     August 2019
0.1700     February 2021
13.2000     June 2020

(1)

This warrant was issued to the Company’s lead underwriter in connection with the IPO.    

In March 28, 2017, in connection with the amendment of the 2015 Term Note (see Note 10, Financing Arrangements for details regarding the amendment of the 2015
Term Note), the Company issued a warrant to purchase 76,704 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.8667 per share which was reduced to 61,363
shares upon the completion of the Company’s IPO because greater than $25 million in proceeds were raised. The Company determined the fair value of the warrants on the date
of issuance to be $111,000. The warrants were immediately exercisable.

In June 2017, in connection with its public offering, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 84,000 shares of common stock to its lead underwriter (the “June 2017

Warrant”). The Company determined the fair value of the June 2017 Warrant on the date of issuance to be $0.3 million. The June 2017 Warrant was immediately exercisable.

Note 16. Equity Incentive Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2017, the Board and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which became effective in connection with the
IPO.  The  2017  Plan  provides  for  the  issuance  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  and  other  awards  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company. A  total  of
2,413,659 shares of the Company’s common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan, which is the sum of (1) 900,000 shares, (2) the number of shares
reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan at the time the 2017 Plan became effective and (3) shares subject to stock options or other stock awards under the 2005 Plan that
would have otherwise been returned to the 2005 Plan (up to a maximum of 1,314,752 shares). The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan
will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2018 by the lesser of (1) 5% of the number of shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding
on December 31st of the preceding calendar year or (2) such number of shares as determined by the Board. In accordance with the evergreen provision, the number of shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Plan was automatically increased on January 1, 2019 by 543,236 shares, which was equal to 5% of the total number of
shares of capital stock outstanding on December 31, 2018. As a result of the adoption of the 2017 Plan, no further grants may be made under the 2005 Plan.

Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Company employees and may only be granted with an exercise price not less than the fair value of the common stock,
or not less than 110% of fair value when the grant is issued to a person who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of
stock. Non-statutory stock options may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants, and may be granted at a price per share not less than fair value on the date
of the grant. The Board determines the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

91

 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 Options granted under the 2005 Plan and 2017 Plan generally vest over four years and expire no later than 10 years from the grant date. The 2005 Plan and 2017 Plan
grants  the  Board  discretion to  determine  when  the  options  granted  will  become  exercisable.  The  2005  Plan  and  2017  Plan  allows  for  the  exercise  of  unvested  options  with
repurchase  rights  over  the  restricted  common  stock  issued.  The  Company  records  proceeds  from  early  exercises  as  a  liability  and  reclassifies  the  amount  to  equity  as  the
repurchase right lapses. At December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, there were no unvested options resulting from early exercises.

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s estimated or actual fair value of its common stock and the exercise price of outstanding “in-
the-money” options. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $12.1 million, $12.6 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017, respectively. Based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the total intrinsic value of all outstanding options
was $7.8 million, $19.3 million and $15.9 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $4.4 million, $3.3 million and $0.8

million, respectively, which will be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years, 3.3 years and 3.2 years for each period.

Cash received from the exercise of stock options during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $55,000, respectively.

No income tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of stock option grants is set forth below and was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Fair value of common stock
Expected term (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

2019
$20.07-$44.95
6
1.71%-2.49%
64%-67%
—

Year Ended December 31,

2018
$23.72-$47.39
6
2.60%-3.00%
64%-67%
—

2017
$3.06-$19.56
5-6
1.85%-2.29%
55%
—

In February 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Plan, as amended in January 2010 and November 2012 (the “2005 Plan”). Under the 2005 Plan provisions, the

Company was authorized to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, and shares of restricted stock.

Following the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan in connection with the IPO, no further grants will be made under the 2005 Plan.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A summary of stock option activities under the 2005 Plan and 2017 Plan during 2017, 2018 and 2019 is as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

Stock options outstanding, exercisable and vested were as follows:

Outstanding at
December 31,
2019
617,493

Outstanding at
December 31,
2018
820,186

Outstanding at
December 31,
2017
1,294,128

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
7.36

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
7.17

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
6.22

Exercisable
and
Vested as of
December 31,
2019
308,217

Exercisable
and
Vested as of
December 31,
2018
439,927

Exercisable
and
Vested as of
December 31,
2017
883,959

Number
of Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

0.86  
5.52  
0.74  
1.52  
1.79  
33.70  
0.90  
6.78  
8.44  
35.76  
1.47  
24.80  
17.13

1,130,141     $
261,476     $
(74,984 )   $
(22,505 )   $
1,294,128     $
157,078     $
(609,985 )   $
(21,035 )   $
820,186     $
138,200     $
(307,365 )   $
(33,528 )   $
617,493     $

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
6.22

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
5.99

Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
5

Weighted-
average
Exercise
Price
8.06

Weighted-
average
Exercise
Price
1.66

Weighted-
average
Exercise
Price
0.85

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  company  granted  non-employee  directors  restricted  stock  unit  (“RSU”)  awards  totaling  14,755  shares  of  common
stock, with vesting terms of approximately 2 months to 12 months. The weighted average fair value of $41.90 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the date of
grants.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  company  granted  non-employee  RSU  awards  totaling  17,881  shares  of  common  stock,  with  vesting  terms  of

approximately 12 months. The fair value of $28.45 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the date of grants.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company granted executive management RSU awards totaling 39,597 shares of common stock, with vesting terms of

6.25% vest quarterly for the next four years. The fair value of $44.95 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the grant dates.

93

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted executive management RSU awards totaling 92,883 shares of common stock, with vesting terms of
35% upon the first anniversary and 21.667% on each of the three subsequent anniversaries. The weighted average fair value of $17.87 per unit was calculated using the closing
stock price on the grant dates.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the company granted non-employee directors RSU awards totaling 47,312 shares of common stock, with vesting terms of

approximately seven to ten months. The fair value of $11.50 to $16.96 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the date of grants.

The following table summarizes the activity of RSU awards during 2019:

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2018

Granted
Vested

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2019

Number
of Restricted Stock
Units

Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

110,764     $
54,351     $
(58,150 )   $
106,965     $

19.58  
44.12  
24.75  
29.24

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company granted certain executive management RSU awards, subject to certain financial milestones, totaling 8,031
shares  of  common  stock,  with  vesting  terms  100%  upon  the  first  anniversary,  if  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  believes  that  the
associated financial milestones were met. The weighted average fair value of $43.58 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the grant date. At the end of the
year the associated milestones were not met and the expense was reversed.

  At  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  total  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  cost  related  to  RSUs  was  $2.4  million,  $1.4  million,  and  $0.3  million,
respectively, which will be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years, 2.7 years and 0.4 years, respectively. The fair values of RSUs that vested during the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $1.4 million and $0.6 million respectively. No RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Our equity-based incentive plans include stock options, restricted stock units and other stock awards. The number of shares available for grant under these plans was

1,632,636 as of December 31, 2019.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2017, the Board and the Company’s stockholders adopted the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2017 ESPP”), which became effective in connection with
the Company’s IPO. The 2017 ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in an offering at a discount of the then-current trading price,
up to the lesser of (1) 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the IPO or (2) 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the purchase
date. The 2017 ESPP permits the maximum discounted purchase price permitted under U.S. tax rules, including a “lookback.”

The  2017  ESPP  initial  offering  period  runs  for  approximately  24  months  in  length,  and  contains  four  6-month  purchase  periods. An  employee’s  purchase  rights
terminate immediately upon termination of employment or other withdrawal from the 2017 ESPP. No participant will have the right to purchase shares of common stock in an
amount that has a fair market value of more than $25,000 determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year.

 There  are  200,000  shares  of  common  stock  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  2017  ESPP.  In  addition,  the  2017  ESPP  contains  a  provision  which  provides  for  an
automatic annual share increase on January 1 of each year, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 2% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December
31st of the preceding calendar year, (2) 150,000 shares or (3) such number of shares as determined by the Board. In

94

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accordance with the evergreen provision, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 ESPP was automatically increased on January 1, 2019 by
150,000 shares.

The Company accounts for employee stock purchases made under its 2017 ESPP using the estimate grant date fair value of accounting in accordance with ASC 718,

Stock Compensation. The Company values ESPP shares using the Black-Scholes model.

There were 65,639 shares issued during 2019 and 316,623 shares available under the 2017 ESPP as of December 31, 2019.

Total stock-based compensation expense associated with the 2005 Plan, 2017 Plan and 2017 ESPP is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and was

allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenues
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

    $

    $

670     $
955      
365      
1,067      
3,057     $

316     $
770      
272      
1,110      
2,468     $

75  
133  
69  
351  
628

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the award’s expected vesting schedule. Forfeitures are recognized as and when they occur.

Note 17. Benefit Plan

The  Company  sponsors  a  401(k)  plan  to  provide  defined  contribution  retirement  benefits  for  all  eligible  employees.  Participants  may  contribute  a  portion  of  their
compensation to the plan, subject to the limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company is allowed to make 401(k) matching contributions as defined in the plan and
as approved by the Board. The Company matched 50% of employee contributions made during 2019 up to a maximum of 2% of compensation; the match will be deposited to
the employees’ 401(k) accounts in 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $0.2 million of matching contribution expense. These matching
contributions are subject to additional vesting criteria. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Note 18. Leases

The Company leases its principal executive offices in Newark, California, under a non-cancelable operating lease which expires in October 2021. This lease does not
have  significant  rent  escalation  holidays,  concessions,  leasehold  improvement  incentives,  or  other  build-out  clauses.  Further,  the  lease  does  not  contain  contingent  rent
provisions or renewal options. Our lease includes both lease (e.g., fixed monthly rent  payments)  and  non-lease  components  (e.g.,  common-area  or  other  maintenance  costs)
which are accounted for as a single lease component as we have elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Upon adoption of ASC
842 on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized an operating lease right-of-use asset of $0.9 million and a corresponding lease lability of $0.9 million, using a discount rate of
6% which reflects the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for a similar asset and similar term as of the date of adoption. The operating lease cost recognized for the year
ended December 31, 2019 was $0.3 million. Rent expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 Supplemental information related to the operating lease as follows (in thousands):

Assets
Operating lease right-of-use asset
Liabilities

Lease liability (short-term) (presented within Accrued expenses and other
   current liabilities)
Lease liability (long-term) (presented within Other liabilities)

Total operating lease liability

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
   (presented within Operating cash flows)

Maturities of the lease liability at December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

2020
2021
Total lease payments, undiscounted
Less: imputed interest

Total

The Company does not have any finance leases.

96

As of December 31,
2019

  $

  $

  $

556  

302  
296  
598  

Year ended
December 31,
2019

  $

347

  $

  $

328  
304  
632  
(34 )
598

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The following table is shown for comparative purposes only. The future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable lease at December 31, 2018 are as follows

(in thousands):

2019
2020
2021

Total

  $

  $

352  
357  
304  
1,013

Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies

The company has non-cancelable data center arrangements in which the original term exceeds one year.

The following is a schedule of future minimum payments under the non-cancelable data center arrangements at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

2020
2021

Total

Contingencies

Data Center
Arrangements

  $

  $

76  
—  
76

On  November  6,  2017  three  individuals,  Ken  Fisher,  Kevin  Baxter  and  Fred  Holmes  (the  “Contractors”),  filed  a  complaint  with  the  Superior  Court  of  California,
County of Alameda, alleging breach of contract, a breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and violation of Section 17200 et seq. of the California Business
and Professions Code, purportedly predicated on an alleged breach of Section 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. On October 4, 2018, the parties reached a binding
settlement.  

On August  28,  2018,  Silvon  S.  Simmons  (the  "Plaintiff")  amended  a  complaint  against  the  City  of  Rochester,  New  York  and  various  city  employees,  filed  in  the
United States District Court, Western District of New York, to add the Company and employees as a defendant. The amended complaint alleges conspiracy to violate plaintiff's
civil rights, denial of the right to a fair trial, and malicious prosecution. The Plaintiff claims that ShotSpotter colluded with the City of Rochester to fabricate and create gunshot
alert evidence to secure Plaintiff's conviction. On the basis of the allegations, the Plaintiff has petitioned for compensatory and punitive damages and other costs and expenses,
including attorney's fees. The Company believes that the Plaintiff's claims are without merit and are disputing them vigorously. No amounts have been accrued as of December
31, 2019 or 2018.

The  Company  may  become  subject  to  legal  proceedings,  as  well  as  demands  and  claims  that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Such  claims,  even  if  not
meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources. The Company makes a provision for a liability relating to legal matters when it is
both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted to include the impacts of
negotiations, estimated settlements, legal rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter.

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require payment of substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,
could require the Company to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent the Company from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an unfavorable
outcome  on,  any  of  the  matters  referenced  above  or  other  litigation  matters  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  operating  results,  financial
condition and cash flows.

Note 20. Subsequent Events

For the audited consolidated financial statements, management evaluated subsequent events through March 12, 2020, which is the date these consolidated financial

statements were issued.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Item 9. CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

 Item 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13-a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to
provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that

have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal
control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Over  time,  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Because  of  the
inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of
the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting consists of policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) are designed and operated to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting
and  our  process  for  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  that  our  receipts  and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and  directors;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Our management evaluated the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control -
Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  the  results  of  our  evaluation,  our  management  has  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of
December 31, 2019.

 Item 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

98

 PART III.

We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting (our “Proxy Statement”) with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the
end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the Proxy
Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

 Item 10. DIRECTORS , EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the captions “Information Regarding the

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance”, “Executive Officers”.

 Item 11. E XECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  of  our  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Executive  and  Director

Compensation”.

 Item 12. S ECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain

Owners and Management”.

 Item 13. CERTAI N RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Related

Persons and Indemnification”, “Information Regarding The Board of Directors and Corporate Governance”.

  Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and

Services”.

99

  Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

 PART IV.

We  have  filed  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in  the  Index  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Schedules,  and  Exhibits  included  in  Part  II,  Item  8,

“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statements Schedules

All financial statements schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material, or the required information is shown in the Index to Consolidated

Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(3) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index below in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this

Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 Item 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

100

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

   Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Description

Form  

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

Filed

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Amended and Restated Bylaws

  Form of Common Stock Certificate

Investors' Rights Agreement, by and among ShotSpotter, Inc. and the investors listed
on Exhibit A thereto, dated July 12, 2012

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued to certain
stockholders in connection with the sale of Series B-1 Preferred Stock in February
2014

8-K   001-38107

8-K   001-38107

  S-1/A   333-217603  

S-1

  333-217603  

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

  June 13, 2017  

  June 13, 2017  

  May 19, 2017  

  May 2, 2017

S-1

  333-217603  

4.6

  May 2, 2017

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock issued to Roth Capital
Partners, LLC in June 2017

10-Q   001-38107

10.1

  August 14,

2017

 4.5

  Description of Capital Stock

10.1(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. Nonemployee Director Compensation Policy

10.2(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

10.3(#)

Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the Amended and
Restated 2005 Stock Plan

X

X

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.1

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.2

  May 2, 2017

10.4(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.3

  May 19, 2017  

10.5(#)

10.6(#)

Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2017 Equity Incentive
Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.4

  May 19, 2017

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Restricted
Terms and Conditions under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.5

  May 19, 2017

10.7(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.6

  May 19, 2017  

10.8(#)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice for Directors

10-Q   001-38107

10.6

  August 14,

10.9(#)

  Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between ShotSpotter, Inc.

10.10(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Ralph A. Clark, dated March 13, 2017

10.11(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Alan R. Stewart, dated March 13, 2017

101

2017

S-1

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.7

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.8

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.9

  May 2, 2017  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

Exhibit
Description

Form  

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

Filed

10.12(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Joseph O. Hawkins, dated March 13, 2017  

10.13(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Paul S. Ames, dated March 13, 2017

10.14(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Gary T. Bunyard, dated March 13, 2017

S-1

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.10

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.11

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.12

  May 2, 2017  

10.15(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Sam Klepper, dated March 2, 2018

10-Q   333-217603  

10.1

  May 10, 2018  

10.16(#)

Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Nasim Golzadeh, dated February 20, 2019  

10-K   333-217603  

10.16

  March 4, 2019

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1*

32.2*

Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP and ShotSpotter, Inc.,
dated August 14, 2012

S-1

  333-217603  

10.14

  May 2, 2017

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP and
ShotSpotter, Inc., dated September 3, 2014

S-1

  333-217603  

10.15

  May 2, 2017

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP
and ShotSpotter, Inc., dated December 15, 2016

S-1

  333-217603  

10.16

  May 2, 2017

Credit Agreement between Umpqua Bank and ShotSpotter, Inc., dated September 27,
2018

10-Q   333-217603  

10.1

  November 14,
2018

First Amendment to Credit Agreement between Umpqua Bank and ShotSpotter, Inc.,
dated May 21, 2019

8-K

  333-217603  

10.1

  May 24, 2019

Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm for ShotSpotter, Inc.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

102

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

Exhibit
Description

Form  

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

Filed

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

X

X

X

X

Furnished herewith and not deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and shall not
be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act (whether made before or after the date
of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

103

#

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the

undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

   SIGNATURES

Date: March 12, 2020

Date: March 12, 2020

SHOTSPOTTER, INC.

By:

By:

  /s/ Ralph A. Clark
  Ralph A. Clark
  President and Chief Executive Officer

  /s/ Alan R. Stewart
  Alan R. Stewart
  Chief Financial Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ralph A. Clark and Alan R. Stewart,
jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report, and to file the same, with
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-
fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  registrant  and  in  the

capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Ralph A. Clark

Ralph A. Clark

/s/ Alan R. Stewart

Alan R. Stewart

/s/ Pascal Levensohn

Pascal Levensohn

/s/ Thomas T. Groos
Thomas T. Groos

/s/ Randall Hawks, Jr.

Randall Hawks, Jr.

/s/ Marc Morial
Marc Morial

/s/ William J. Bratton
William J. Bratton

Title

  President, Chief Executive Officer and a
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

and Accounting Officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

104

Date

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

March 12, 2020

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Exhibit 4.5

The following description of our capital stock, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and certain provisions of Delaware
law are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.6 is part.

General

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and
restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws,  our  stockholders  do  not  have  cumulative  voting  rights.  Because  of  this,  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  shares  of
common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors are able to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from
time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the
payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders  of  common  stock  have  no  preemptive,  conversion  or  subscription  rights  and  there  are  no  redemption  or  sinking  fund  provisions  applicable  to  the  common  stock.  The  rights,
preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may
designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the
number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common
stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific
issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.
It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights
attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2019, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 134,716 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.2306 per share were outstanding. The warrants
contain a provision for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits,
reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. For more information, see Note 15,“Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants and Common Stock Warrants" to the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for more information.

 
 
 Registration Rights

Certain holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of an investors' rights
agreement. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities.

The investors' rights agreement provides the holders of registrable securities with demand, piggyback and S-3 registration rights as described more fully below.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding have the right to make up to two demands that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
registration  of  the  registrable  securities  then  outstanding  and  with  an  anticipated  aggregate  offering  price  of  at  least  $10.0  million,  net  of  underwriting  discounts  and  expenses,  subject  to
specified exceptions.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any securities for public sale, the holders of our registrable securities then outstanding will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will have the right to include their
shares in the registration statement. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration
statement, provided that the registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholder. If the registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholder, any or all of the
registrable securities may be excluded from such registration.

Registration on Form S-3

If  we  are  eligible  to  file  a  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3,  the  holders  have  the  right  to  demand  that  we  file  registration  statements  on  Form  S-3;  provided,  that  at  least  10%  of  the
registrable securities then outstanding make the demand request and the aggregate amount of securities to be sold under the registration statement is at least $3.0 million, net of underwriting
discounts and commissions. We are not obligated to effect a demand for registration on Form S-3 by holders of our registrable securities more than twice during any 12-month period. The
right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights will terminate upon the earlier of the following to occur: (i) such time after this offering in which the holder of registrable securities holds one percent or less of our
common stock and all registrable securities held by such holder (and together with any affiliate of the holder with whom such holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144 of the Securities
Act) can be sold in any three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or (ii) after the consummation of a "deemed liquidation event", as described
and defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended from time to time.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any
interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

•

•

•

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by
the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the
right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 
 
 
 
 
 In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

•

any  merger  or  consolidation  involving  the  corporation  and  the  interested  stockholder;  any  sale,  transfer,  pledge  or  other  disposition  of  10%  or  more  of  the  assets  of  the
corporation  involving  the  interested  stockholder;  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  any  transaction  that  results  in  the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the  corporation  of  any  stock  of  the
corporation to the interested stockholder; any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of
the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other
financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the
time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors is elected
at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting
rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated bylaws also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of a majority of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized
number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by
law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders. Our
amended and restated bylaws also provides that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total
number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated bylaws also provides that stockholders seeking to present proposals before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at
a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and, subject to applicable law, will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a
vote of a majority of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our
board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party
to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights
or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and
inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such
provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence,
these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions,
including  increased  protection  of  our  potential  ability  to  negotiate  with  the  proponent  of  an  unfriendly  or  unsolicited  proposal  to  acquire  or  restructure  our  company,  outweigh  the
disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding
brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iv) any action
regarding  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  or  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws;  or  (v)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  us  that  is  governed  by  the  internal  affairs
doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any
complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; provided however, that in light of the Delaware Chancery Court’s opinion issued on December 19, 2018 in  Sciabacucchi
v. Salzberg, C.A. No. 2017-0931-JTL, which is currently being appealed to the Delaware Supreme Court, the Company does not intend to enforce this federal forum selection provision while
the appeal is in process.

 
 
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Limited.

Listing

Our common stock is currently listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol "SSTI."

 
 
SHOTSPOTTER, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MARCH 6, 2020

EXHIBIT 10.1

1.

GENERAL

This  ShotSpotter,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  Nonemployee  Director  Compensation  Policy  (the  “ Policy”)  is  designed  to  provide  for  the
compensation of each member of the board of directors (the “Board”) of ShotSpotter, Inc. (the “ Company”) who is not an employee of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Nonemployee Director”).  The Policy is effective as of January 1, 2020 and will continue in effect until its termination
by the Board.  The Policy replaces and supersedes any and all compensation policies or programs previously established or maintained by the Company
with respect to Nonemployee Directors; provided, however, that any options or restricted stock units (“RSUs”) outstanding on such effective date shall
not be affected by this Policy and shall  continue  to  be  governed  by  the  grant  notice,  agreement  and  equity  incentive  plan  relating  to  such  options  or
RSUs.

2.

ADMINISTRATION

The Board, or any committee to whom the Board delegates the requisite authority, will administer the Policy.  The Board (or such committee)
will have the sole discretion and authority to administer, interpret, amend and terminate the Policy, and the decisions of the Board (or such committee)
will be final and binding on all persons having an interest in the Policy.

3.

ELIGIBILITY

Each  Nonemployee  Director  will  be  eligible  to  receive  the  compensation  set  forth  in  the  Policy  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the
Policy.  Such compensation will be paid or granted, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board or any Board committee to each
Nonemployee Director.

4.

CASH RETAINERS

Commencing as of January 1, 2020, each Nonemployee Director is eligible to receive cash retainers at the applicable rates set forth in the
following  table  for  each  full  year  of  service  as  (i)  a  chairperson  and/or  member  of  the  Board  and  (ii)  a  chairperson  of  a  committee  of  the  Board
(“Committee”):

Role

Board

Audit Committee

Compensation Committee

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Chair
Member (not Chair)
Chair
Member (not Chair)
Chair
Member (not Chair)
Chair
Member (not Chair)

Annual Retainer Rate
$55,000
$35,000
$15,000
$7,000
$10,000
$5,000
$7,500
$3,000

  Each  Nonemployee  Director  will  be  eligible  to  receive  each  type  of  retainer  set  forth  in  the  table  above  that  is  applicable  to  such  Nonemployee
Director.  Retainer payments will be made quarterly in arrears on or before the

148746438 v4

 
 
 
 
 
 
last business day of each calendar qu arter and will be pro-rated for partial quarters of service based on the number of days served in the quarter divided
by the number of days in the quarter.  

5.

RSU AWARDS

(a)

Initial AwardS.  Each Nonemployee Director elected to the Board after this Policy is adopted, other than at an annual meeting of
stockholders (a “New Director”), will be eligible to receive an RSU award (an “ Initial Award”) based on the dollar amounts set forth in the following
table, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that will elapse between and including the date of his or her appointment
and the first anniversary of the previous annual meeting of stockholders, and the denominator of which is 365:

Board

Role

Chair
Member (not Chair)

Dollar Value of Initial Award
$150,000, subject to reduction as provided below
$100,000

If a New Director is appointed as the chairperson of the Board and the chairperson of any Committee(s) in connection with his or her initial election to
the  Board,  the  dollar  value  of  his  or  her  Initial Award  in  respect  of  being  chairperson  of  the  Board  will  be  decreased  by  the  cash  retainer  amount(s)
applicable to the chairperson role(s) of such Committee(s) (e.g., if the chairperson of the Board is also the chairperson of the Compensation Committee,
the dollar value of the Annual Award associated with serving on as the chairperson of the Board will be reduced from $150,000 to $140,000).  The date
of grant of Initial Awards will be the effective date of such New Director’s appointment to the Board or, if such date is within a closed trading window
under  the  Company’s  Policy  Regarding  Stock  Trading  by  Officers,  Directors  and  Other  Designated  Employees,  the  next  business  day  on  which  the
trading window is open.

(b)

ANNUAL AWARDS .  On  the  date  of  each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  each  Nonemployee  Director  in  office  immediately  after
such meeting will be eligible to receive an RSU award (an “Annual Award ”) for service as a Nonemployee Director based on the dollar amounts set
forth in the following table:

Board

Role

Chair
Member (not Chair)

Dollar Value of Annual Award
$150,000, subject to reduction as provided below
$100,000

If, on the date of grant of an Annual Award, the chairperson of the Board is also the chairperson of any Committee(s), the dollar value of his or her
Annual Award in respect of being chairperson of the Board will be decreased by the cash retainer amount(s) applicable to the chairperson role(s) of such
Committee(s)  (e.g.,  if  the  chairperson  of  the  Board  is  also  the  chairperson  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  the  dollar  value  of  the Annual Award
associated with serving on as the chairperson of the Board will be reduced from $150,000 to $140,000).  The date of grant of Annual Awards will be the
date of the applicable annual meeting of stockholders.

(c)

NUMBER  OF  SHARES  SUBJECT  TO RSU AWARDS.    The  number  of  shares  subject  to  an  Initial Award  or Annual Award  (either,  an
“RSU Award”) will be equal to (i) the applicable dollar amount determined pursuant to Section 5(a) or 5(b) above, divided by (ii) the closing price of the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any
RSU Award may be reduced to the extent necessary to ensure that the Company’s compensation of Nonemployee Directors does not exceed the limit set
forth in Section 3(e) of the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

148746438 v4

2

 
 
 
 (d)

Other Terms of RSU Awards.  Each RSU Award will be granted under the  Plan and will be subject to the terms of the Plan, the
applicable award agreement and this Policy.  Each RSU Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the date of
the next annual meeting of stockholders.  In addition, the vesting of all RSU Awards  will accelerate in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the
Plan) or immediately prior to the effectiveness of a Nonemployee Director’s resignation or removal (and contingent upon the effectiveness of a Change
in Control) in the event that the Nonemployee Director is required to resign his or her position as a Nonemployee Director as a condition of the Change
in  Control  or  the  Nonemployee  Director  is  removed  from  his  or  her  position  as  a  Nonemployee Director  in  connection  with  the  Change  in
Control.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of the Nonemployee Director’s service as a member of the Board and any RSUs subject to such  RSU
Award that are unvested on the date of such termination will be automatically forfeited by such Nonemployee Director on such date.

6.

EXPENSES

Each  Nonemployee  Director  will  be  eligible  for  reimbursement  from  the  Company  for  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with  attending  in-person  meetings  of  the  Board  or  any  Committee.   To  the  extent  that  any  taxable  reimbursements  are  provided  to  any
Nonemployee Director, they will be provided in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, the
following provisions: (i) the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement during such individual’s taxable year may not affect the expenses
eligible  for  reimbursement  in  any  other  taxable  year;  (ii)  the  reimbursement  of  an  eligible  expense  must  be  made  no  later  than  the  last  day  of  such
individual’s taxable year that immediately follows the taxable year in which the expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to any reimbursement may not
be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

148746438 v4

3

 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Forms  S‑8  (File  Nos.  333‑226053  and  333‑218712)  and  Form  S‑3  (File  No.
333‑226052) of ShotSpotter, Inc. of our report dated March 12, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which  appears in this annual report on
Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 12, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Ralph A. Clark, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2020

  /s/ Ralph A. Clark
  Ralph A. Clark
  Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Alan Stewart, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2020

  /s/ Alan Stewart
  Alan Stewart
  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.1

I, Ralph A. Clark, certify pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of

Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
ShotSpotter, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that information contained in
such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShotSpotter, Inc.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Ralph A. Clark

Ralph A. Clark
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.2

I, Alan Stewart, certify pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title

18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter,
Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that information contained in such Annual
Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShotSpotter, Inc.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Alan Stewart

Alan Stewart
Chief Financial Officer